Home

POSJet 1000 Programming Guide

1. Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Character Attributes Function Select character code page ASCII ESC T lt n gt lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 5BH 54H lt n gt lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 91 gt lt 84 gt lt n gt lt n gt IPCL amp PCP lt m gt lt m gt lt m3 gt lt my gt EPOS ESC t lt n gt Description The ESC T lt n gt lt n gt command selects character code page lt np gt lt n gt The POSjet 1000 Printer supports many code pages The following code pages are supported Page Code Language Set 64 USA Slashed 0 0 64 0H 040H 65 USA Unslashed 0 0 65 0H 041H 66 British 0 66 0H 042H 67 German 0 67 0H 043H 68 French 0 68 0H 044H 69 Swedish 0 69 0H 045H 70 Danish 0 70 0H 046H 71 Norwegian 0 71 0H 047H 72 Dutch 0 72 0H 048H 73 Italian 0 73 0H 049H 74 French Canadian 0 74 0H 04AH 75 Spanish 0 75 0H 04BH 76 Swedish II 0 76 0H 04CH 77 Swedish III 0 77 0H 04DH 78 Swedish IV 0 78 0H 04EH 79 Turkish 0 79 0H 04FH 80 Swiss 0 80 0H 050H 81 Swiss II 0 81 0H 051H 91 Welsh 0 91 0H 05BH 437 USA 1 181 1H OB5H 774 Baltic 774 3 6 3H 006H 850 Multilingual 3 82 3H 052H 852 East Europe Latin II 852 3 84 3H 054H 855 Cyrillic 1 855 3 87 3H 057H 857 Turkey 857 3 89 3H 059H 858 Multilingual Euro 3 90 3H 05AH 860 Portugal 3 92 3H 05CH 861 Icelandic 861 3 93 3H 05DH 862 Hebrew NC 862 3 94 3H 05EH 863 Canada French 3 95 3H 05FH 06 01 00 Re
2. 06 01 00 Name Epson IBM Code Page Insertion Point 850 26 850 OxD5 Turkey 857 57 857 OXD5 Win Cyrillic 52 1022 0X88 Win Turkish 51 1021 0X80 Win Greek 50 1020 0X80 Win Hebrew 62 1032 0X80 Win Baltic 68 1034 0X80 Table 20 Euro Character Substitution Matrix Rev B Page 51 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Character Attributes Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL Description Note 1 Redefine character set ESC S lt Li gt lt L gt lt B gt lt Tip gt lt Tip gt lt Ta gt lt T gt lt T3L gt lt T3u gt lt Tw gt lt T pH 1BH 5BH 53H lt 27 gt lt 91 gt lt 83 gt none The ESC S lt Li gt lt Ly gt lt B gt lt T i gt lt Tip gt lt Ta gt lt Tog gt lt T31 gt lt T3p gt lt T gt lt T gt command allows an application to replace or redefine the active character set mapping in the printer Where lt L gt lt Ly gt defines the total length of the following data lt L gt 256 lt Ly gt 1 2 is the total number of characters to be replaced lt Bc gt is the first character in the active map to be replaced and lt T y gt lt T gt is the internal address of the replacement character image The mapping of a print pattern to each character address is referred to a code page or character set At
3. Error Type Recovery Power Error LED Paper LED Left Right LED Cartridg Cartridg e e Cover Open Full ON ON Off Off Off Out of Paper Full ON ON ON Off Off Paper Low Status ON OFF Blink Off Off Right Cartridge Low Status ON OFF OFF OFF 1 Blink Left Cartridge Low Status ON OFF OFF 1 Blink OFF Both Cartridges Low Status ON OFF OFF 1 Blink 1 Blink Left Cartridge Full ON ON OFF ON OFF Removed Right Cartridge Full ON ON OFF OFF ON Removed Serious problems Contact Technical Support for assistance 877 7ithaca or 607 257 8901 Error Type Error LED Power LED Paper LED Left Right Cartridg Cartridg e e Recovery OFF OFF OFF 1 Blink 2 Blinks 3 Blinks Carriage Jam Configuration Error Statistics Update Error OFF Internal Software 4 Blinks Error OFF OFF OFF 5 Blinks 6 Blinks 7 Blinks Knife Jam User Store Defective Flash Write Error Table 53 Error Indicator Chart 06 01 00 Rev B Page 175 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Product Self Tests POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Chapter 8 Printer Self Tests The POSjet 1000 Printer contains several levels of self test features At power on the printer runs Level O diagnostics which check the printer s operation After Level 0 diagnostics the p
4. Disabled ignores the data Protocol The flow control protocol of the serial link can be set to Ready Busy or XON XOFF Ready Busy functions when XON XOFF is selected Ready Busy XON XOFF Baud Rate The bit rate of the printer can be set The same bit rate is used for send and receive 57600 BPS 38400 BPS 19200 BPS 9600 BPS 4800 BPS 2400 BPS 1200 BPS 600 BPS 300 BPS DTR RTS The serial port DTR and or RTS signal can be configured Signal to provide flow control If DTR is configured as the flow control signal it toggles to false when the buffer is full RTS does not When the cover is opened both signals always toggle to false Not Used Not valid unless in XON XOFF Mode DTR Flow RTS Flow RTS and DTR Flow 06 01 00 Rev B Page 187 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Feature Configuration POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Preset Configuration General Description CTS Signal If active a false CTS prevents the printer from sending any data to the host Not Used DSR Signal f active a false DSR signal prevents the printer from accepting any data Not Used Multidrop The multidrop feature is activated at power up when set to an address Off Options Knife Specifies that the knife option is attached Not present or disabled Emulation Some emulators require that a
5. Return data to print controller Flow Chart 2 Print Controller Using Data 06 01 00 Rev B Page 201 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Communication Protocol POSet 1000 Programmers Guide When the printer is on the print controller looks for data If there is data it processes it Flow control is done when the data is taken from the buffer and the amount of data in the buffer is less than a prescribed amount The low watermark is set based on the expected environment The POSjet 1000 Printer sets the low watermark at half the buffer size or 1024 characters whichever is smaller The low watermark gives the host application time to get more data to the printer before the printer uses up what it has When XON XOFF protocol is implemented it is possible for the host to miss an XON or an XOFF To prevent this from causing a communication lockup the printer sends an XOFF for every character received after the high watermark is reached If the printer detects that the serial data link is inactive it sends out an XON about every two seconds When the printer cover is opened an XOFF is sent An XOFF is sent even when the internal data buffer is past the high watermark and is done to allow the host to know that the printer is not ready Printer Buffer Size The size of the POSjet 1000 buffer is configurable which allows an ap
6. 0 Double strike and emphasized printing appear the same Function Turn on off upside down print mode ASCII ESC lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 7BH lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 123 gt lt n gt Range 0 lt n lt 255 Description The ESC lt n gt turns on or off upside down printing mode When the least significant bit of lt n gt 1 upside down printing mode is turned on when it is 0 upside down printing mode is turned off The default setting is lt n gt 0 When upside down mode is turned on the printer prints 180 rotated characters from right to left The line printing order is not reversed so the order of the data transmitted is important The command is enabled only when input at the beginning of a line Function Turn on off 90 rotation mode EPOS ONLY ASCII ESC V lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 56H lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 86 gt lt n gt Range lt n gt 0 1 2 48 49 50 Description The ESC V lt n gt command turns on off 90 clockwise rotation mode The command is only enabled in standard mode In page mode an internal flag is activated and the command is enabled when the printer returns to standard mode lt n gt Function 0 48 Turns off all rotation modes 1 49 Turns on 90 clockwise rotation mode 2 50 Turns on 90 counterclockwise rotation mode Table 28 Rotation Modes 06 01 00 Rev B Page 131 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged i
7. Dimensions in mm Table 5 Printer Dimensions Weight Approximate weight 6 lbs 2 7 kg Shipping weight 8 Ibs 3 6 kg 06 01 00 Rev B Page 9 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated General Specific ations POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Electrical Characteristics External Powered AC The POSjet 1000 Printer is designed to be AC self powered in domestic and international markets The printer is equipped with a detachable universal input power supply that is designed to operate worldwide without modification Supply Frequency Rated Idle Current Printing Voltag Hz Power amps Current e watts amps Range VAC 100 240 90 264 47 63 24 0 04 120VAC 0 2 120VAC 0 02 240VAC 0 1 240VAC Table 6 Standard Power Input Requirements Optionally the POSjet 1000 Printer can be operated with an external 24 volt DC power supply Supply Supply Frequency Peak Power Idle Current Current Voltage Voltage watts amps amps Rating Range AYADI 69 AYADI 69 24 5 10 22 8 26 44 DC 48 maximum 0 125 2 0 Cash 24 Printing Drawer Fire maximum 1 2 Printing maximum Table 7 Power Input Requirements Optional 24 volt DC Supplied from Host 4 For DC powered printers the cash drawer is supplied directly from the DC input supply The cash drawer requirements may effect the
8. Function Select bit image mode ASCII ESC lt m gt lt n gt lt n gt lt d gt lt d gt Hexadecimal 1BH 2AH lt m gt lt n gt lt n gt lt d gt lt d gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 42 gt lt m gt lt n gt lt n gt lt d gt lt d gt Range lt m gt 0 1 0 lt n lt 255 0 lt Dh lt 3 O0 lt d lt 255 k n n x 256 Description ESC lt m gt lt n gt lt n gt lt d gt lt d gt command selects a bit image mode using lt m gt for the number of dots specified by n ny x 256 lt d gt indicates the bit image data Set a bit to one to print a dot or set a bit to zero to not print a dot Use the command to print a predefined picture or logo The modes selectable by lt m gt are listed below lt m Mode Vertical Direction Horizontal Direction gt Dot Number Dot Number Density of Dots Density of Dots 0 8 dot single density 72 dpi 8 80 dpi 200 1 8 dot double density 72 dpi 8 160 dpi 400 Table 31 Print Density Selection Page 140 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Status Commands Status Commands Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description Bit Off On 0 Off Enable disable Automatic Status Back ASB GS a lt n gt 1DH 61H lt n gt lt 29 gt lt 97 gt lt n gt 0 lt n lt 255 The GS a lt n gt
9. 1000 emulation Star Command Summary For field definitions please refer to the Star Dot Matrix Printer Programmer s Manual The following is a list of supported Star commands Control Codes Used for Character Setting ASCII Command Hex Code Description ESC R lt n gt 1BH 52H Select international character set ESC 6 1BH 36H Select IBM character set 2 ESC 7 1BH 37H Select IBM character set 1 ESC M 1BH 4DH Select 7 x 9 half dot font ESC P 1BH 50H Select 5 x 9 2 pulses 1 dot font ESC 1BH 3AH Select 5 x 9 3 pulses 1 dot font SO OEH Select expanded character mode DC4 14H Cancel expanded character mode ESC W lt 1 gt 1BH 57H 31H Select expanded character mode ESC W lt 0 gt 1BH 57H 30H Cancel expanded character mode ESC E 1BH 45H Select emphasized print mode ESC F 1BH 46H Cancel emphasized print mode ESC 1 1BH 2DH 31H Select underline mode ESC lt 1 gt 1BH 2DH 01H Select underline mode ESC 0 1BH 2DH 30H Cancel underline mode ESC lt 0 gt 1BH 2DH 00H Cancel underline mode ESC _ 1 1BH 5FH 31H Select overscore mode ESC _ lt 1 gt 1BH 5FH 01H Select overscore mode ESC _ 0 1BH 5FH 30H Cancel overscore mode ESC _ lt 0 gt 1BH 5FH 00H Cancel overscore mode ESC 4 1BH 34H Select highlighted print mode ESC 5 1BH 35H Cancel highlighted print mode SI
10. Always 0 bit 7 Always 0 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Function Response Where lt 23 gt Type 06 01 00 Printer Status Set Inquire Inquire user store status ENQ lt 23 gt 05H 17H lt 5 gt lt 23 gt The ENQ lt 23 gt command reports on the user store status ACK lt 23 gt lt Report gt lt 0 gt Not supported via PE is the echo of command ID The report is a null terminated string with the following format 12345 CR LF Free user store 12345 Type Name CR LF First entry etc 12345 Type Name CR LF Last entry lt 0 gt The type field describes the type of information M macro C character definition Rev B Page 105 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes Summary by Code POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Control Codes Summary by Code ASCII IPCL Equivalent Description Command Code INUL 00 Null BEL 07H amp BL Audio alert 91 BS 08H amp BS Back space 34 CAN 18H amp RP Clear print buffer 90 CR ODH amp CR Carriage return 33 DC2 12
11. Cover open Hard failures result when there is no power or a printer fault occurs If the printer is off line either the input buffer is full or a hard fault has occurred The host application should not allow the input buffer to fill Programmer s Notes When the serial port is used it is important that the output lines from the printer not be shorted or back driven If the signals are not to be used they should be left open Pins 3 4 and 7 are outputs from the printer If any one of these signals is grounded or back driven the other two outputs are degraded The best time to configure the printer by the host with remote configuration is during system setup or software update Page 208 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Graphics Chapter 11 Printing Graphics The POSjet 1000 Printer has bit image graphic capability and a full PC compatible graphic character set The bit image format is similar to that used on other personal computer printers Three modes of operation are available Single density is the fastest mode It makes a single unidirectional 60 dpi print pass Full speed double density mode makes two passes with a half dot offset Full speed double density mode is half the speed of single density mode but it prints at 120 dpi Half speed double density mode
12. ESC lt n gt 1BH 2DH amp CU n 0 Underline mode 60 amp MU n 1 n 0End n 1 Begin ESC lt y gt lt ci gt 1BH 3DH none Define user defined 53 lt Co gt characters ESC 0 1BH 30H amp ST Set 1 8 inch line spacing 36 ESC 1 1BH 31H amp WSG Set 7 72 inch line spacing 37 ESC 2 1BH 32H none Begin variable line spacing 37 Enable ESC A lt n gt ESC 3 lt n gt 1BH 33H amp SV lt M1 gt lt M2 gt lt M3 gt Set variable line spacing to 36 n 216 inch ESC 4 1BH 34H amp TF Set top of form 39 ESC 5 lt n gt 1BH 35H amp CA n 0 Auto line feed 40 amp MA n 1 n 0 End n 1 Begin ESC 8 1BH 38H amp PF Disable paper out sensor 89 ESC 9 1BH 39H amp PO Enable paper out sensor 89 ESC lt lt n gt 1BH 3CH amp PT lt n gt Print suppress 93 and data pass through ESC gt lt n gt 1BH 3EH none User defined characters 54 ESC lt m gt lt n gt 1BH 3FH none Reassign graphic mode 71 ESC 1BH 40H Initialize printer 06 01 00 Rev B Page 107 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes Summary by Code POSjet 1000 Programmers Guide ASCII IPCL Equivalent Description Page Command Code ESC A lt n gt 1BH 41H none Set variable line spacing to 37 n 72 inch ESC B lt n gt lt n gt 1BH 42H none S
13. ESC x lt n gt is similar to ESC I lt n gt ESC lt n gt performs a similar function however NLQ is not available NLQ fonts cannot be rotated 90 or 270 Switching from draft to NLQ modes causes the printer to print all previously received information Consequently auto center and right justify do not print mixed draft and NLQ font as expected Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Character Attributes Function Begin rotated font ASCII ESC P lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 50H lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 80 gt lt n gt IPCL amp RI n 2 amp RF n 1 amp RN n 0 EPOS ESC V lt n gt Description The ESC P lt n gt command sets the print font to a rotated 90 or 270 Where n n 0 Normal n 1 Rotate 90 Single pass 12 x 12 draft n 2 Rotate 270 Single pass 12 x 12 draft n 5 Rotate 90 Two pass 12 x 12 draft or 12 x 14 large draft n 6 Rotate 270 Two pass 12 x 12 draft or 12 x 14 large draft In Modes 1 and 2 12 x 12 draft font is rotated 90 or 270 and printed in a single pass Double wide and double high fonts are available However because the font is rotated double wide makes the characters taller and double high makes the characters wider Modes 1 and 2 distort the font but they produce the fastest rotated p
14. ESC y lt 0 gt lt 1 gt lt 2 gt and lt 3 gt allow the printer to switch between emulation modes When the switch takes place the current print buffer is printed and the printer reinitializes These commands do not permanently change the configuration A power on reset restores the mode that was configured in menu mode A reset by command or from the INIT pin does not restore the mode ESC y lt 6 gt and lt 7 gt enable and disable the inquire process These commands are not processed as they are received but are buffered then processed The buffering process allows inquire commands sent after a disable to be answered In addition inquires sent after an enable may not be answered See additional notes 3 and 4 on the next page Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Note 3 Note 4 Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Note 1 06 01 00 Misc ellaneous The printer has a resident OCR MA font It is defined and mapped per ANSI X3 111 1986 Once mapped into a code page it can be removed by issuing an ESC y lt 12 gt command or a code page select command In EPOS mode the ESC y command is active Enable extended diagnostics ESC lt n gt 1BH 7EH lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 126 gt lt n gt none ESC
15. RS or ESC turn off pass through These commands require that the pass through function be enabled in the configuration menu 06 01 00 Rev B Page 97 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Printer Status Set Inquire Printer Status Set and Inquire The POSjet 1000 Printer is designed for use as part of an automated system where the host computer makes every attempt to correct problems with the printer In addition the host application requires that it be able to obtain more information from the printer than is typical of normal computer printers For example a normal computer printer does not have cash drawers such additional features require that the standard printer protocol be extended to deal with the added features of a point of sale POS printer All inquire commands require a response from the printer Consequently parallel IEEE 1284 bidirectional communications or bidirectional serial operation is required In all cases inquire commands are responded to by an acknowledged ACK or a not acknowledged NAK and then the command ID which allows the host application to make multiple requests and receive identifiable responses Serial Mode Inquire All inquire ENQ commands require a response from the printer During serial operation all inquire commands are responded to
16. Rev B Page 143 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Status Commands Function Transmit status ASCII GS r lt n gt Hexadecimal 1DH 72H lt n gt Decimal lt 29 gt lt 114 gt lt n gt Range l lt ns2 49 lt n lt 50 Description The GS r lt n gt command transmits the status specified by lt n gt as follows paper sensor status as one byte of data when lt n gt 1 or 49 and drawer kick out connector status when lt n gt 2 or 50 The paper present status of bits 2 and 3 for the paper sensor status is not transmitted because the printer goes off line when a paper end is detected by the paper end sensor The paper roll near end sensor is an option If the sensor is not installed bits 0 and 1 for the paper sensor status are always in the Paper adequate status Bit Off On Hex Decimal Status 0 1 Off 00H lt 0 gt Paper near end sensor paper adequate On 03H 3 Paper near end sensor paper near end 2 3 Off 00H lt 0 gt Paper end sensor paper present On OCH lt 12 gt Paper end sensor paper not present 4 Off 00H lt 0 gt Not used fixed to Off 5 6 7 Undefined 7 Off 00H lt 0 gt Not used fixed to Off Table 37 Paper Sensor Status lt n gt 1 49 Bit Off On Hex Decimal Status 0 Off 00H lt 0 gt Drawer k
17. The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Index POSet 1000 B Boot loader mode 177 Button cartridge change 175 power 166 C cables ordering 26 Cash drawer control 91 Citizen command summary 165 Citizen codes 165 Code pages 46 Color print 57 Commands User store 79 Communication features 207 parallel port 192 protocol 189 serial 198 Configuration feature 180 features 182 manual 180 manual emulation 180 remote 180 Control codes overview 27 summary 106 D Data pass through 207 Display pass through 207 Double high print 57 Double wide print 57 E Electrical characteristics 10 Emphasized print 57 Emulation IPCL 28 standard 28 Enhanced print 57 EPOS codes 112 command summary 117 ESC T lt n gt lt n gt Select character code table 126 Extended diagnostics hex dump 179 self test 177 F Feature control 94 161 Flow control Data Terminal Ready DTR 198 Ready Busy 198 XON XOFF 198 Forming characters 6 G Graphic mode 68 Graphic save 76 Graphics all points addressable APA 212 character 209 color 72 horizontal 72 212 printing 209 GS lt Name gt lt 0 gt x y di d x x y x 8 Define user defined bit image 156 GS lt n gt Set character size 132 GS lt n gt Insert Euro character 128 GS x yd d
18. bit 3 Printer supports cutter bit 4 Printer supports partial cuts bit5 0 bit 6 1 always bit 7 0 always Percentage of ink remaining on Head 1 0 100 40 28H Percentage of ink remaining on Head 2 0 100 40 28H Current multihead alignment 0 16 8 0 offset Rev B Page 103 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes Printer Status Set Inquire Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Function Response POSet 1000 Programmer s Guide Inquire printer ID ENQ lt 21 gt 05H 15H lt 5 gt lt 21 gt The ENQ lt 21 gt command returns the printer IEEE 1284 ID string ACK lt 21 gt lt n gt ID string Where lt 21 gt is the echo of the command ID and lt p gt is the number of return bytes in the ID string ID string is the IEEE ID return string which follows Page 104 MFG Ithaca Periph CMD PJ1000CL IPCL CLS PRINTER MDL 1000 PcOS DES Ithaca Peripherals POSjet 1000 REV PE1200 01 16 OPTS 20xy Where x is a bit field defined as follows bit 0 1 Red pen support bit 1 1 Green pen support bit 2 1 Blue pen support bit 3 Always 0 bit 4 Always 1 bit 5 Always 1 bit 6 Always 0 bit 7 Always 0 and y is a bit field defined as follows bit0 0 bit 1 Knife is installed bit 2 0 bit 3 Always 0 bit 4 Always 1 bit 5 Always 1 bit 6
19. lt r gt Page 102 POSjet 1000 Programmers Guide Inquire power cycle status ENQ lt 11 gt 05H OBH lt 5 gt lt 11 gt Has the printer been power cycled since the last request ACK lt 11 gt 06H OBH Printer has been power cycled since the last ENQ lt 11 gt NAK lt 5 gt 15H 0BH Printer has not power cycled since the last ENQ lt 11 gt The first time after a rese the command returns ACK lt 11 gt after that the command returns NAK lt 11 gt The command allows the application to determine if the printer has been power cycled and needs to be reinitialized The ENQ lt 10 gt command and the INIT signal on the parallel port both cause the printer to return power up status Inquire printer state ENQ lt 15 gt 05H 11H lt 5 gt lt 15 gt The ENQ lt 15 gt command returns the current printer state ENQ lt 17 gt also returns the current printer state but it should not be used as it conflicts with XON XOFF flow control ACK lt 15 gt lt n gt lt r gt lt r gt is the echo of the command ID is the number of return bytes 40 28H to prevent confusion with XON XOFF bit 0 1 always bit 1 Cover is closed bit 2 Receipt paper is out bit 3 0 bit 4 In error state Waiting for error to be cleared bit5 0 bit 6 1 always bit 7 0 always bitO 5 bit 6 1 always bit 7 0 always Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not
20. 80PLUS and 90PLUS Printers Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Bar Codes Bar Codes The POSjet 1000 Printer supports the ability to print bar codes The printer offers a number of formats as defined below The host does not need to form the graphic image for these bar codes The host need only send the printer the information to be bar coded and a graphic is generated by the printer In some cases a check character is required by the format In most cases the printer generates the check character and inserts it in the format The printer uses internal graphic modes to form bar code images and the images are adjusted for ink bleed In general the bar codes generated by sending graphic data to the printer are not as readable as the graphics the printer generates Bar codes are printed at a 208 x 192 resolution Function Print bar code ASCII ESC b lt n gt information ETX Hexadecimal 1BH 62H lt n gt 03H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 98 gt lt n gt lt 3 gt IPCL amp 25 CR Interleaved 2 of 5 amp 39 CR Code 39 amp 12 CR Code 128 amp UP CR UPC A amp UE CR UPC E amp EA CR EAN 13 amp E8 CR EAN 8 amp 93 CR Code 93 EPOS ESC b lt n gt or GS k lt n gt Description The ESC b lt n g
21. ESC 3 lt n gt Set variable line spacing 36 to n 216 inch ESC Reverse line feed 40 VT Vertical tabs 38 Vertical Motion Control FF Form Feed 39 ESC B lt ni gt lt n2 gt lt ng gt lt ni gt 0 Set vertical tab stops 38 ESC C lt n gt Set form length in lines 39 ESC C NUL lt n gt Set form length in inches 40 ESC 4 Set top of form 39 ESC 5 lt n gt Set auto line feed 40 ESC R Reset horizontal and vertical 35 tab stops 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSjet 1000 Contol Codes Overview Character Pitch DC2 Begin 10 cpi character pitch 41 ESC Begin 12 cpi character pitch 41 SI Begin 17 cpi character pitch 41 ESC SI Begin 24 cpi character pitch 41 ESC P lt n gt Set character pitch 42 ESC V lt n gt Set intercharacter spacing 43 Command Description Page Character Font ESC lt 0 gt Begin 12 x 12 draft print mode 44 ESC lt n gt Set print quality mode 44 ESC P lt n gt Begin rotated font 45 International Character Sets and Code Pages ESC lt n gt Select international character 47 set ESC Cancel user defined characters 54 ESC lt n gt Print contro
22. If illegal characters are passed to the printer they are converted to legal codes For example a gt A Code 128 Code 128 is an alphanumeric bar code It is a high density variable length continuous code that employs multiple element widths Code 128 has three possible start codes The start code defines the code set Code A B or C The first character in the data field defines the Code Set Start Code A lt 135 gt Code B lt 136 gt and Code C lt 137 gt The printer prints the complete data field Due to space limitations only ten characters can be printed The check digit is generated by the printer Code 128 Note The A space is defined as a lt 0 gt which makes programming difficult and causes control character conflicts for the printer To solve the problem the POSjet 1000 Printer subtracts 32 from all characters that are to be included in the bar code In the Code 128 definition an A is lt 33 gt however the printer converts an ASCII A lt 65 gt to a lt 33 gt internally This sets Code 128C and the start codes off by 32 UPC A UPC A is a fixed length numeric continuous code that employs four element widths The printer supports Universal Product Code Version A E EAN 8 and EAN 13 Version A encodes 11 digits Typically the UPC A format starts with a number system digit five digit manufacturer s code five digit product code and a check digit The printer makes no assumptions ab
23. If you are going to ship a printer remove and discard the print cartridge or cartridges Care of Ink Cartridges Ink cartridges should be stored in the sealed HP packaging Once a print cartridge is unsealed it should be placed in an operating printer If a printer is taken out of service the print cartridge should be removed and discarded Page 20 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Overview Installing and Changing Ink Cartridges 1 Remove new ink cartridge from sealed pouch Hold cartridge by round plastic tab 1 to avoid contamination 2 Remove Mylar tape from face of new cartridge K Caution Do not touch ink cartridge s metallic connector surface with your fingers Doing so will contaminate the connector and produce bad print quality 3 Open front cover of printer Opening front cover automatically opens paper cover at the same time 2 4 Pull down blue cartridge latch latches 5 Take out old ink cartridge s Place new cartridge s into carriage Hold plastic tab to ensure clean installation Black cartridges go into left carriage Color cartridges go into right carriage tab faces to front of printer 6 Close blue latch latches 7 Close front cover of printer 4 5a remove 5b replace with 6 old cartridge new cartrid
24. In rare cases an IPCL code will interfere with the text that is to be printed The IPCL translator can be disabled with an ESC y lt 4 gt command EPOS Emulation ESC POS is referred to here as EPOS The POSjet 1000 Printer supports two Epson emulations One emulation is for the TM200 and the other is a general EPOS emulation that has extensions that do not match any Epson printer The TM200 emulation is designed to allow POSjet 1000 Printers to be used with applications that are designed for Seiko Epson TM200 printers The EPOS emulation is an extension of the TM200 emulation that removes some of the limitations imposed by the TM200 and allows fuller use of the POSjet 1000 features It is intended that the standard Ithaca PcOS emulation be used for new applications Not all features of POSjet 1000 Printers are supported by EPOS Specifically the ability to print color horizontal graphics is not supported Citizen 3500 Emulation The POSjet 1000 Printer supports Citizen emulation modes Star Emulation The POSjet 1000 Printer supports Star emulation modes Application Development To aid application development several chapters in this manual are designed to help the programmer understand the POSjet 1000 Printer The next chapter provides a detailed description of each of the commands Subsequent chapters provide explanations of how the printer works including a description of the internal print buffer communi
25. It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes Bar Codes Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Where n bits Note 1 Page 88 POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Set bar code height ESC EM B lt n gt 1BH 19H 42H lt n gt of digits lt 27 gt lt 25 gt lt 66 gt lt n gt amp PBH lt m gt lt m gt GS h lt n gt The ESC EM B lt n gt command sets the bar code height and speed where lt n gt is the number of print passes and lt m gt is the speed Each pass is about 0 11 inch high When n lt 0 gt the printer returns to the default value of four passes For UPC the default value is seven Any value from zero to nine may be specified Set bar code justification human readable interpretation HRI character print mode and print direction ESC EM J lt n gt 1BH 19H 4AH lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 25 gt lt 74 gt lt n gt amp BJ lt m gt lt m gt none The power on default is center justified with HRI characters not printed The ESC EM J lt n gt command selects the operation of the bar code justification HRI characters and print direction n IPCL 76543210 SRE XX Justified 0 00 00 Left 1 0l 01 Center 2 02e Saan 10 Right HRI characters 0 00 00 Not printed 16 16 01 Print
26. Ithaca POSjet 1000 and holding the Thermal Ink Jet Printer NEW CARTRIDGE Featuring Hewlett Packard Inkjet Technology button will allow you to access different option test options Identification Firmware PE1200 Be careful not to hold the button too long Doing so will let you cycle 7o ress and hold NEW CARTRIDGE for next option Press and Release NEW CARTRIDGE to rrint _ Press ON OFF to Exit Always look in this area on the receipt for directions on how to use the EEEE K eee ee oe through the test sisi Wwialalsrelses ore daaa E wate ETENE bd 8 meeeeee LEE EEI LEZE EEZEEEEEEZEEEZEEZEEEK NEW CARTRIDGE options quickly Test Receigt aay es utton to access This could make it ee Pee Peer eee eer ee reer reer ee ree reer erry the different easy to go too far down the list of options CoH ESSE EEE EEE EE OMEFEEEFEESE testing options To actually perform the desired test press and release the NEW CARTRIDGE button eocoooooooooooooooooooooot eocoocoooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo eoecocoooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo The following categories are a list of the tests available on the POSjet 1000 printer TEST Receipt TEST Burn in TEST Graphics TEST Bar Codes TEST Print Specs TEST Rolling ASCII TEST Pyramid 06 01 00 Rev B Page 169 The content of this document is propriet
27. Not used fixed to off Table 41 Off line Status lt n gt 2 Page 146 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSjet 1000 Contol Codes Status Commands Bit Off On Hex Decimal Status 0 Off 00H lt 0 gt Not used fixed to off 1 On 02H lt 2 gt Not used fixed to on 2 Off 00H lt 0 gt No mechanical error On 04H lt 4 gt Mechanical error occurred 3 Off 00H lt 0 gt No autocutter error On 08H lt 8 gt Autocutter error occurred On 10H lt 16 gt Not used fixed to on Off 00H lt 0 gt Unrecoverable error occurred On 20H lt 32 gt Recoverable error occurred 6 Off 00H lt 0 gt No temporary abnormality of the print headtemperature high temperature On 40H lt 64 gt Temporary abnormality of the print head temperature high temperature occurred 7 Off 00H lt 0 gt Not used fixed to off Table 42 Error Status lt n gt 3 Bit Off On Hex Decimal Status 0 Off 00H lt 0 gt Not used fixed to off 1 On 02H lt 2 gt Not used fixed to on 2 3 Off 00H lt 0 gt Paper near end sensor paper adequate On OCH lt 12 gt Paper near end sensor paper near end 4 On 10H lt 16 gt Not used fixed to on 5 6 Off 00H lt 0 gt Paper end sensor paper adequate On 60H lt 96 gt Paper end sensor pap
28. POSjet 1000 Printers are specialized point of sale printers that have several features not normally found on general purpose printers Because of these special features POSjet 1000 Printers have unique control codes This programmer s guide documents the control codes that are unique to the POSjet 1000 Printer Nomenclature When describing control codes confusion often occurs as to whether the description is decimal hexadecimal or ASCII To minimize the problem this programmer s guide uses the following nomenclature when describing control code sequences Encloses a control character represents a single 8 bit value as defined in the standard ASCII tables The ASCII Code Table in Appendix B lists the control codes An example would be ESC which would represent a 1BH or 27 decimal lt gt Encloses an 8 bit value in decimal format The value is from zero to 255 An example is lt 2 gt which represents 02H or 2 decimal lt n gt Indicates a variable parameter The variable parameter lt n gt can have a value from zero to 255 The meaning of lt n gt is described and defined in the description of the command lt n gt lt n gt Indicates that there are two parameters lt n gt and lt n gt where both can have values from zero to 255 lt m gt lt m gt Is an Ithaca PrinterControl Language IPCL parameter consisting of two digits where lt m gt and lt m gt are ASCII characters from zero to nine Th
29. lt lt n gt Enable print suppress 93 ESC lt Return home 139 ESC lt n gt lt n gt lt n gt Set horizontal position 35 ESC lt n gt Select peripheral device status 153 ESC lt y gt lt c gt lt cy gt Define user defined characters 53 ESC y c c2 Define user defined characters 77 ESC gt lt n gt Enable user defined characters 54 ESC 0 Set line spacing to 27 216 inch 36 ESC 1 lt n gt Set left margin 139 ESC 1 Set line spacing to 7 72 inch 37 ESC 2 Enable variable line spacing 37 ESC 2 Select default line spacing 122 ESC 3 lt n gt Set line spacing 122 ESC 3 lt n gt Set line spacing to n 216 inch 36 ESC 4 Begin italics 132 ESC 4 Set top of form 39 ESC 5 lt 01 gt Begin auto line feed 40 ESC 5 End italics 132 ESC 8 Disable paper out sensor 89 ESC 9 Enable paper out sensor 89 ESC a lt n gt Select justification 136 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide ESC a lt n gt Set justification 35 ESC A lt n gt Set variable line spacing to n 72 inch 37 ESC b lt n gt Print bar code 85 ESC B lt n gt lt n2 gt lt n gt 0 Set vertical tab stops 38 ESC Begin 12 cpi 41 ESC BEL Sound buzzer 151 ESC C NUL lt n gt Set form length in inches 40 ESC c lt n gt S
30. lt 86 gt lt n gt none ESC SP lt n gt The ESC V lt n gt command sets intercharacter spacing by adding white space between characters The value of lt n gt sets the spacing in 216 of an inch The printer can only set the spacing in 208 of an inch and converts 216 to the nearest 208 of an inch Each font has a basic size and the intercharacter spacing value is added to the basic size Therefore the affect of this command on characters per inch cpi will depend on the font selected The ESC V lt n gt command disables any pitch settings established by pitch set commands that establish a cpi like ESC P lt n gt After a set right side spacing command is issued the pitch will vary with font selection Font selections use the current active right side spacing With the inter character spacing command the pitch cannot be set less than the font size Therefore it is not as effective as the pitch command ESC P lt n gt The following table lists the cpi equivalent for several values of lt n gt Small Draft cpi Large Draft cpi NLQ cpi 0 17 33 14 86 13 1 16 13 9 12 24 2 14 86 13 11 6 3 13 9 12 24 10 9 4 13 11 6 10 4 5 12 24 10 9 9 90 Table 16 Intercharacter Spacing Rev B Page 43 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes Character Attribu
31. lt m gt 0 60 dpi Full speed 8 bit slices 1 120 dpi Half speed 8 bit slices 2 120 dpi Full speed 8 bit slices 3 240 dpi Full speed 8 bit slices 4 80 dpi Full speed 8 bit slices 5 72 dpi Full speed 8 bit slices 6 90 dpi Full speed 8 bit slices 7 144 dpi Full speed 8 bit slices 8 9 Not supported 10 104 x 96 dpi 1 horizontal 1 vertical pass 11 208 x 96 dpi 2 horizontal 1 vertical pass 12 104 x 192 dpi 1 horizontal 2 vertical passes 13 208 x 192 dpi 2 horizontal 2 vertical passes 15 16 Not supported Page 70 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Graphic Mode Function Reassign graphic mode ASCII ESC lt m gt lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 3FH lt m gt lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 63 gt lt m gt lt n gt IPCL none Description The ESC lt m gt lt n gt command reassigns graphic mode lt m gt to resolution lt n gt Possible values for lt m gt are K L Y or Z Resolutions lt n gt are zero to seven as follows Where lt m gt 0 60 dpi Full speed 8 bit slices Default for K 1 120 dpi Half speed 8 bit slices Default for L 2 120 dpi Full speed 8 bit slices Default for Y 3 240 dpi Full speed 8 bit slices Default for Z 4 80 dpi Full speed 8 bit slices 5 72 dpi Full speed 8 bit slices 6 90 dpi Full speed 8 bit slices 7 144 dpi Full speed 8 bit slices 10 104 x 9
32. printer the POSjet 1000 will sense the presence of the second cartridge during level 0 diagnostics When the second pen is detected the printer will configure itself as a dual pen printer and assume the second pen is red Page 180 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide POSet 1000 Feature Configuration Note This is only works by disconnecting and reconnecting the power cord It will not work with the power button This restriction allows the printer to continue to operate normally during typical power cycles and provide normal cartridge button operation This auto configuration process is limited because the pen color is not known In addition if the second pen is at some time not detected by level 0 diagnostics the printer will revert back to single color mode Because this auto sense process does not know the cartridge color you should reconfigure the printer through software on manually and specifically set the color of the second cartridge 06 01 00 Rev B Page 181 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Feature Configuration POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Configurable Features A number of the printer s features are configurable as part of an initial configuration remote conf
33. reservoir to clean the print jets spitting The printer performs these functions as transparently to the host application as possible However the printer cannot perform basic maintenance procedures if printer power is removed The POWER button on the POSjet 1000 Printer does not completely remove the power from the printer Standby Power Off When the POWER button is pressed or the power down command is received the POSjet 1000 Printer enters a standby low power mode The printer is not completely off but is in standby The printer should not be completely powered off for more than a few days To keep the print cartridge from completely drying out the printer must be periodically used To assure periodic use the printer occasionally wakes from sleep mode performs head maintenance and goes back to sleep If the printer is completely powered off head maintenance cannot occur and the print cartridge dries degrades over time and becomes inoperative The power should not be removed from the printer without first placing the printer in standby mode Push the POWER button When the printer goes into standby mode the print cartridge is prepared for a period of inactivity Standby mode maximizes the time the print cartridge can be left without being used If power is removed from the printer before it goes into standby mode the ink on the face of the cartridge may dry and block the print jets If the print jets are plugged
34. rotated print with two pass font ESC r lt 11 gt 1BH 72H OBH lt 27 gt lt 114 gt lt 11 gt amp RX11 none Begin 270 rotated print with two pass font and line formatting ESC r lt 15 gt 1BH 72H OFH lt 27 gt lt 114 gt lt 15 gt amp RX15 ESC T lt 1 gt End rotated print ESC r lt 0 gt 1BH 72H 00H lt 27 gt lt 114 gt lt 0 gt amp RO ESC lt 0 gt The ESC r lt 0 gt command prints the contents of the rotated print buffer when in 90 or 270 rotated mode and returns to normal print orientation In 180 rotated mode the printer returns to normal mode Characters in the print buffer that have not been printed are not printed Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description 06 01 00 Contol Codes Print Rotation POSjet 1000 Set rotated print line length ESC s lt n gt 1BH 73H lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 115 gt lt n gt amp PRL lt m gt lt m gt lt m gt none The ESC s lt n gt command sets the print line length used in autoformat rotated print mode The maximum number of characters per line is 128 The power on default line length is 80 characters To determine the number of available print
35. 0 0 05 0 0 06 0 0 0 0 0 O7 0 0 08 Oai 0 09 O 0 10 Osi srs 0 LEN ISONE aiden 12 ade h Ria Figure 1 Draft 12 x 12 Font Large Draft Font The large draft font is defined in the 12 x 14 cell to use seven full and six half columns horizontally which provides at least one half column between any character The vertical format uses the first ten rows for the characters and the bottom two for character decenders and underline The large draft font is larger than the draft font and is more readable It however provides fewer characters per line and uses more ink per character Figure 2 Large 12 x 14 Font Near Letter Quality NLQ Font The near letter quality font is defined in the 24 x 16 cell that is printed in two passes Horizontally 15 dots are typically used providing at least one half column between any two characters The vertical format uses rows four through 19 for the basic character rows one through three for accents and rows 20 through 24 for decenders and underlines Because NLQ font 06 01 00 Rev B Page 7 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated General Specific ations POSet 1000 Programmers Guide makes two passes the vertical size is slightly larger than large draft font Vertical resolution is doubled NLQ font is easily readable and has a higher contrast than the dr
36. 1000 Programmers Guide low cartridge s pressing the NEW CARTRIDGE button will remove the ink low warning light on the indicators Pressing the NEW CARTRIDGE button without changing the cartridge will not remove the ink low warning but will still print the ink status If the cartridge is replaced with a used cartridge the NEW CARTRIDGE button should not be pressed The cartridge low indicator will continue to be displayed until a new full cartridge is installed and the NEW CARTRIDGE button is pressed Ink Cartridge Installation Specifics and Recommendations When replacing the ink cartridge s several situations should be considered Improper use of the NEW CARTRIDGE Button will have potential to reduce the ink cartridge s life span and or produce inadequate printing results Page 168 After replacing the low cartridge s with the new cartridge s pressing the NEW CARTRIDGE button will remove the ink low warning light on the indicators Pressing the NEW CARTRIDGE button without changing the cartridge will not remove the ink low warning but will still print the ink status If a cartridge is replaced with a used cartridge the NEW CARTRIDGE button SHOULD NOT BE PRESSED The cartridge low indicator will continue to be displayed until a new full cartridge is installed and the NEW CARTRIDGE button is pressed Using used cartridges will negate the printer s ability to monitor ink consumption rates effectively If the NEW CARTRIDGE butt
37. Bits Push the power button at any time to SAVE CHANGES After pressing the If you do not power button press want your changes the New Cartridge saved press the button to confirm power button the save again 06 01 00 Rev B Page 171 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Operator Panel Controls POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Indicator Lights LED The five POSjet indicator lights are Power LED Indicates printer activity and non recoverable errors Error LED Indicates problems and probability of recovery Paper LED Indicates paper status paper low Left Cartridge LED Indicates ink levels of left cartridge Right Cartridge LED Indicates ink levels of right ink cartridge Power Indicator LED The power indicator lets the user know that the printer is in operation mode If the POWER indicator blinks in conjunction with the error indicator the printer is experiencing a non recoverable error See the fault indicators below If it blinks with no error indicator the printer is being held in reset by the host Error Indicator LED The error indicator lets the user know that the printer is experiencing a problem If the POWER indicator is lit not blinking the error is generally recoverable without data loss If the POWER indicator is blinking a non recoverable error has occurred See fault indicators below If the
38. CHR 255 CHR 255 CHR 255 REM Send 8 bytes of image PRINT 1 CHR 255 CHR 255 CHR 255 CHR 255 REM data 06 01 00 Rev B Page 157 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes Macro Function Commands Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description PRINT 1 PRINT 1 Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Description Note 1 Page 158 POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Print user defined bit image EPOS ONLY GS 0 lt Name gt lt 0 gt 1DH 30H lt Name gt 0H lt 29 gt lt 48 gt lt Name gt lt 0 gt lt Name gt a 15 byte maximum length name to identify the image GS 0 prints a bit image from storage in the nonvolatile memory pool The name of the bit image can be from one to 15 bytes long and contain any alphanumeric characters as well as spaces GS searches the nonvolatile memory pool for the first occurrence of the image identified by lt Name gt If the image is found it will be printed If the image cannot be found the command will be ignored The following basic example demonstrates how to print the stored bit image named MY IMAGE CHR 29 CHR 48 REM Enter the GS 0 command MY IMAGE CHR 0 REM Enter the image name Erase single entry from nonvolatile memory EPOS ONLY GS 1 lt Name gt
39. Code Sets 1072 72 Bulgarian z 1 French 4 Danish 255 Space Zero The zero character can be configured to be unslashed or Character slashed in all character sets except IBM 64 and 65 which override the setting Unslashed Slashed Comm The POSjet 1000 auto configures the communication Interface interface based on the adapter installed A few options apply to both serial and parallel communication interfaces Off line Off line mode defines when the printer Mode informs the host that it is off line Normal The printer goes off line when the buffer is full or the printer cannot print Buffer Full The printer goes off line only when the buffer is full This mode requires that the host request printer status from the printer Link busy and acknowledge signals operate Options Parallel a Pin Inactive Page 186 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide POSet 1000 Feature Configuration Preset Configuration General Description Serial Interface Options Parity The serial mode parity can be set to none odd or even None Even Bit Data The serial bit format can be set to 8 or 7 Error If a communications error occurs an internal error Character s generated The printer can be configured to ignore the data or print a Enabled prints
40. ESC r lt n gt Begin end rotated print See 64 command descriptions ESC s lt n gt Set rotated print line length 67 ESC u lt ni gt lt m gt lt 0 gt Set rotated print line spacing 67 Graphic Mode ESC lt m gt lt n gt Reassign graphic mode 71 ESC K lt n gt lt n2 gt Print single density graphics 68 60h x 72v dpi ESC L lt ny gt lt n2 gt Print half speed double density 69 graphics 120h x 72v dpi ESC U lt n gt Begin end unidirectional print 71 ESC Y lt n1 gt lt n2 gt Print full speed double density 69 graphics 120h x 72v dpi ESC Z lt n gt lt ne gt Print quad density graphics 69 240h x 72v dpi ESC lt m gt lt n gt lt ne gt Print graphics in mode lt m gt 70 ESC h lt color gt lt length gt lt format gt lt data gt Process horizontal graphics data 73 ESC lt m gt lt 0 gt lt Set horizontal graphics mode 74 User Store ESC US b lt Name gt lt 0 gt Begin named macro record 79 ESC US c lt Name gt lt 0 gt Save user defined characters 80 ESC US d lt Name gt lt 0 gt Delete item from user store 82 ESC US e lt Name gt lt 0 gt End named macro record 79 ESC US f ALL lt 0 gt Flush information from user store 82 ESC US lt Name gt lt 0 gt Load item from user store 80 ESC US m lt Name gt lt 0 gt Save macro data in user store 80 ESC US q lt Name gt lt 0 gt Report on user store 82 ESC US
41. Function Set character pitch ASCII ESC P lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 5BH 50H lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 91 gt lt 80 gt lt n gt IPCL amp F lt n gt EPOS ESC SP lt n gt Description The ESC P lt n gt command sets character per inch print pitch to lt n gt The printer resolution limits the exact print pitch The following table lists the exact pitch for various values on lt n gt lt n gt Resulting IPCL Characters per Inch 1 1 000 2 2 000 3 3 014 4 4 000 5 4 952 6 5 943 7 6 933 8 8 000 amp F7 9 9 043 10 9 905 amp F3 11 10 947 12 12 235 amp F2 13 13 000 14 13 867 15 14 857 amp F6 16 16 000 17 17 333 RF 1 18 17 333 19 18 909 20 20 8 amp F5 21 20 8 22 23 111 23 23 111 24 23 111 amp F4 Table 15 Character Pitch This command disables any right side spacing set by the ESC V lt n gt command In addition when font changes are made the character pitch is maintained Page 42 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Function Mode ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Note 1 Note 2 06 01 00 Character Pitch Set intercharacter spacing Global ESC V lt n gt 1BH 56H lt n gt lt 27 gt
42. IEEE 1284 reverse link Information is placed in the buffer in the same format as RS 232 serial information is returned Inquire commands sent to the printer in IEEE 1284 mode place responses to the commands in the IEEE 1284 reverse channel buffer The buffer is then transmitted to the host when it requests the reverse channel Mode 4 Mode 4 allows the printer to return identification information to the host system The POSjet 1000 Printer returns xx yy length of following data 2 bytes with MSB first MANUFACTURER TransAct Technologies COMMAND SET IPCL MODEL 1000 COMMENT Rev x xx ACTIVE COMMAND SET IPCL When a Mode 4 request is made the IEEE 1284 buffer is cleared before the ID is sent Mode 0 Mode 0 provides a reverse channel for information from the printer Normal responses to inquire commands are placed in the IEEE 1284 reverse channel buffer The Mode 0 reverse channel request begins returning information to the host The host may terminate the transmission at any time If the link is terminated between nibbles the last nibble is retransmitted on the next request If a complete byte is transmitted it is deleted from the TEEE 1284 reverse channel buffer An inquire command can clear the reverse channel buffer before placing its response in the buffer The IEEE 1284 buffer is limited to 1000 characters If the buffer is not emptied by reverse channel requests the buffer overflows The buffer is a first in first out F
43. If the boot loader is intact but the main firmware is bad the printer automatically enters boot loader mode The firmware can then be reloaded into the printer Page 176 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Product Self Tests Boot Loader Mode The boot loader cannot be entered during normal operation Boot loader mode can only be entered in one of two ways One when Level 0 Diagnostics finds that the firmware check CRC is bad or two manually To manually enter the boot loader hold the POWER button during power up The error light comes on and the power light blinks At this time the firmware boot file may be sent to the printer Level 0 diagnostics are prevented from starting the firmware and boot load mode is forced to begin Extended Diagnostics Extended diagnostics are entered after Level 0 diagnostics are part of the firmware and are activated in one of two ways The first is by holding NEW CARTRIDGE and or LINE FEED and applying power Power On The second is by holding NEW CARTRIDGE and or LINE FEED and activating the POWER button from standby mode or Soft Power On Power Cartridge Line Feed Test Button Change Power On Off Off Normal Operation Power On On Off Self Test Diagnostics Power On Off On Manual Configuration Power On On On Manual Emul
44. J lt n gt Set bar code justification and HRI modes 88 ESC SI Begin 24 cpi 41 ESC US 1 lt Name gt lt 0 gt Load item process 78 ESC US b lt Name gt lt 0 gt Begin named macro record 76 79 ESC US c lt Name gt lt 0 gt Save user defined characters 77 80 ESC US d lt Name gt lt 0 gt Delete item from user store 82 ESC US e lt Name gt lt 0 gt End name macro record 79 ESC US e lt Name gt lt 0 gt Remove item from user store 78 ESC US e lt Name gt lt 0 gt Stop name macro record 76 ESC US f ALL lt 0 gt Flush information from user store 78 ESC US f ALL lt 0 gt Flush user store 82 ESC US 1 lt Name gt lt 0 gt Load macro character 80 ESC US m lt Name gt lt 0 gt Save macro data 80 ESC US m lt Name gt Save macro data 77 ESC US q lt 0 gt Report on user store 78 ESC US q lt Name gt lt 0 gt Query user store 82 ESC US r lt Name gt lt 0 gt Run macro data 81 ESC US s lt Name gt lt 0 gt Flag as a start up macro 78 ESC US s lt Name gt lt 0 gt Flag start up macro 81 ESC Reverse line feed 40 ESC lt n gt Print control character 51 128 ESC lt n gt Turn on off upside down print mode 131 ESC lt n gt Enable extended diagnostics 95 161 ESC lt n gt Copy user defined storage buffers 154 ESC lt lt n gt Enable data pass through 93 ESC
45. JH x a fo jo D 33 O O O IN O AJA O IN e O m IN KK x Z lt fo gt m IN lt x z lt C JA oI Ool olz JZ mr xa e IlOn molo w b EQ z n O Page 218 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Index POSet 1000 Index BEL Audio alert 91 92 BEL Sound buzzer 151 BS Insert back space 34 BS Set back space 137 CAN Clear print buffer 90 CR Print and carriage return 120 CR Set carriage return 33 DC2 Begin 10 cpi 41 DC4 End one line double wide print 58 DLE ENQ lt n gt Real time request to printer 154 DLE EOT lt n gt Transmit real time status 145 ENQ lt 1 gt Inquire Cash Drawer 1 status 99 ENQ lt 10 gt Request printer reset 101 ENQ lt 11 gt Request printer power cycle status 102 ENQ lt 15 gt Inquire printer state 102 ENQ lt 20 gt Inquire all printer status 103 ENQ lt 21 gt Inquire printer ID 104 ENQ lt 23 gt Inquire user store status 105 ENQ lt 3 gt Inquire receipt paper low status 100 ENQ lt 4 gt Inquire receipt paper out status 100 ENQ lt 8 gt Inquire cover open status 100 ENQ lt 9 gt Inquire buffer sta
46. LF or ESC J lt n gt commands for rotated print data Rev B Page 67 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Graphic Mode Graphic Mode The POSjet 1000 Printer conforms to the basic definition of IBM all points addressable APA graphic commands It is not designed to print large quantities of graphical data The printer only prints graphics that are 2 5 inches wide At this time there is not a graphics mode for Epson The POSjet 1000 Printer always prints in one of the native resolutions of 104 x 96 208 x 96 104 x 192 or 208 x 192 dpi To provide compatibility with the standard IBM APA resolutions the printer internally modifies the graphics to print as expected The printer converts the vertical resolution by altering the ESC J command which is typically used for vertical spacing and adjusting it so that horizontal passes touch as expected The requested horizontal resolution is converted by data scaling Because the vertical dpi of the printer is always greater the resulting APA graphics printed on the POSjet 1000 Printer are slightly smaller than the same graphic printed on an impact printer All of this is done transparently to the application however loss of resolution may result in some modes If desired the ESC lt m gt command can be used to select the native
47. Levels cerca a n mesa ciadesstaneatesectassagtede E eae meee esas 16 CUIrent TEQUITEMENUS c 5 c0ss5svsssibvedaccidsessvadnnedacesbveseeuiusedasechecveveduvedaceabeernvsdoeeautas 16 Serial Interface nesmie eon eee es e decade siguatesdy er O a nE ESE EER 17 S rial Port FeatuTeS ss eine a ESA 17 Serial RS 232 Communication v2 soccisccssssnccdncedesetsvaascaaevedscesteevssudeved eccibsassveaneenages 17 Seral Port Pin OU Gone sneen a a Sania au sca a 17 Signal levels a s a a a a Reade Ea r a EEE E 17 NTS e ATE a Ee TO E E ENE E E aes 17 Environmental senina tauri E i a REC INEN A I EREA aa 18 Temperature na Saahos secs a in ace e ea es ee ee 18 Humidity fea os Sh sts seta n a o n e e yap sas a a e a a vases 18 COT AEST E E E T E T EE EESE 19 How to Care for the POSjet 1000 Printer eeeseeeeseeseeessserersssrrrrsssrresssrrerssse 19 Stand by POwer OTE isien ea eae die E E E E E E E E E 19 Remote Power DOW ienee ea R E O a 20 Shipping Printers ence e a e O a E Ea a A aS 20 Care of Ink CartidseSii caida iieii iirin editi a a aai 20 Installing and Changing Ink Cartridges cc cccceeeeeseeesnneceeeceeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeeeeeee 21 When You Have Two Ink Cartridges cccccccccceeeeeesennceceeeeeeeseeennneeeeeeeeeeeeees 22 ENS PALMS PAPEL e a E couse ea Gah asses T o ESRT 23 Changing Interface Adaplerss 203 vaio hase as aa ease a Ae es 24 Removing the Old Adapter iiiissscascecscjacnias asaacddacsaeadciasatetcancatadenevaandiac
48. Mg3 gt for numbers commands See command gt 9 description ESC lt n gt 1BH 7EH none Enable extended 95 diagnostics 06 01 00 Rev B Page 111 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide EPOS EPOS Codes The EPOS codes that are supported by the POSjet 1000 Printer are listed in this section TransAct Technologies Inc has no control over how Epson extends or changes these control codes TransAct Technologies Inc makes no guarantees as to the operation of our printer when it replaces an Epson printer The TM200 and EPOS emulations are intended to make it as easy as possible to replace an Epson printer with a POSjet 1000 Printer The POSjet 1000 Printer provides two Epson emulations The first emulation is as close as possible to the TM200 Printer and tries to make the POSjet 1000 Printer a drop in replacement However when the POSjet 1000 Printer is in Epson TM200 emulation mode it is subject to the same limitations as a TM200 Printer The second Epson emulation is EPOS mode It extends and enhances the TM200 emulation to remove some of the restrictions and give access to some of the POSjet 1000 Printer features not addressed by the TM200 It is intended that the standard Ithaca PcOS emulation be used for new applications The following section lists all TM200 and E
49. Name gt lt 0 gt Load item from user store 80 lt 0 gt 6CH ESC US m lt Name gt 1BH 1FH amp UM lt Name gt lt 0 gt Save macro data in user 80 lt 0 gt 6DH store Rev B 06 01 00 Page 106 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Summary by Code ASCII Hex IPCL Equivalent Description Page Command Code ESC US q lt Name gt 1BH 1FH 72H amp UQ lt Name gt lt 0 gt Report on user store 82 lt 0 gt ESC US r lt Name gt 1BH 1FH 72H amp UR lt Name gt lt 0 gt Run macro data from user 81 lt 0 gt store ESC US s lt Name gt 1BH 1FH amp US lt Name gt lt 0 gt Flag item as a start up 81 lt 0 gt 6DH macro ESC 1BH 3AH amp F2 Begin 12 cpi character 41 pitch ESC lt 0 gt 1BH 23H OOH amp QT Begin 12 x 12 draft print 44 ESC 1BH 24H none Cancel user defined 54 characters ESC G 1BH 25H 47H amp MI Begin italics 62 ESC H 1BH 25H 48H amp CI End italics 62 ESC lt m gt lt 0 gt lt 0 gt 1BH 2AH Set horizontal graphic 74 mode ESC lt m gt lt n gt lt ne gt 1BH 2AH none Print graphics in mode lt m gt 70 ESC lt n gt 1BH 21H amp CS lt n gt Select international 47 character set
50. OA a test Several indications of printer and host communication problems can be deduced from hex dump mode If the printer is printing all 3F symbols the parity or the number of bits is wrong If the printer is printing some Hex 3F signs when it should be printing other characters either the parity baud rate or bit length setting is wrong If the printer prints incorrect characters like Hex C1 instead of Hex 41 A it is set for 8 bit data and the host is set for 7 bit In most cases the print problem can be traced to the host and printer being configured differently 06 01 00 Rev B Page 179 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Feature Configuration POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Chapter 9 Feature Configuration In some cases features of the POSjet 1000 Printer can be deactivated through the configuration menu For example if a dual color printer is to be operated with only one print cartridge turn off the dual color option and all data will be sent to a single cartridge Manual Configuration Hold the LINE FEED switch at power up The printer writes the current configurations and totals Press NEW CARTRIDGE quickly to scroll through the options Press and hold the NEW CARTRIDGE button to change the option Press POWER to exit the configuration mode The printer gives a configuration summary and asks if
51. OFH Select inverted print mode DC2 12H Cancel inverted print mode Page 162 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide POSjet 1000 Contol Codes Citizen Control Codes Used for Line Spacing ASCII Command Hex Code Description LF OAH Set line feed CR 0DH Set line feed same as LF ESC z 1 1BH 7AH 31H Set 1 6 inch line feed ESC z lt 1 gt 1BH 7AH 01H Set 1 6 inch line feed ESC 0 1BH 30H Set 1 8 inch line feed ESC a lt n gt 1BH 61H Feed paper lt n gt lines ASCII Command Hex Code Description FF OCH Set page feed form feed ESC C lt n gt 1BH 43H Set page length at lt n gt lines ESC C lt 0 gt lt n gt 1BH 43H 00H Set page length at lt n gt inches ESC B lt n gt lt ne gt 1BH 42H Set vertical tab positions VT OBH Execute vertical tab ESC N lt n gt 1BH 4EH Set bottom margin ESC O 1BH 4FH Cancel bottom margin ESC lt n gt 1BH 6CH Set left margin ESC Q lt n gt 1BH 51H Set right margin ESC D lt n1 gt lt n2 gt 1BH 44H lt n gt lt n2 gt Set horizontal tab position HT 09H Execute horizontal tab ASCII Command Hex Code Description ESC 1 1BH 31H Set 7 72 inch line feed ESC A lt n gt 1BH 41H Define n 72 inch line feed ESC 2 1B
52. Page 13 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated General Specific ations Ithaca oF pin 1 pin 2 pin3 pin 4 pin 5 pin 6 Pin Number 345 6 CD2 CD1 Sense Ground CD Drive 24V CD1 Not Connected POSjet 1000 i Hiii Not Connected CD1 CD1 Sense CD Drive 24V CD2 Ground pin 1 pin 2 pin3 pin 4 pin5 pin 6 Programmers Guide Star oe 1 2 pin 1 pin 2 pin3 pin 4 pin 5 pin 6 Figure 7 Cash Drawer Pin Assignment Ithaca 3456 Not Connected CD1 CD Drive 24V CD Drive 24V CD2 CD1 Sense Signal Direction Signal Direction Signal Direction Name Name Name Drawer kick Output Not Not out drive sink drive Connected Connected Signal 2 2 Drawer Input Drawer kick Output Drawer kick Output open close out drive Sink drive out drive Sink Drive signal Signal 1 Signal 1 3 Signal Drawer Input 24V DC Ground open close signal 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 5 Drawer Output Drawer kick Output Drawer Output kick out Sink Drive out drive Sink Drive kick out Sink Drive drive signal Signal 2 drive signal 1 2 6 not Signal Drawer Input Connected Ground open close signal Table 8 Cash Drawer Connector Page 14 Rev B 06 01 0
53. Real time status assures that data is not lost when the inquire sequence is part of another command However the buffer may also be filled by inquire commands if the printer is waiting for some activity 06 01 00 Rev B Page 191 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Communication Protocol POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Parallel Port Parallel Port Protocol The POSjet 1000 parallel port behaves just as any printer connected to a personal computer The parallel interface accepts 8 bits of data from the host The strobe signal from the host is used to indicate that data is available When the printer sees the strobe signal and accepts the data it asserts a busy signal The busy signal indicates to the host that the printer has accepted the data and is working on it After the printer absorbs the data and is ready to accept another byte the printer asserts acknowledged ACK negates busy and then finally negates ACK The host computer should meet the following parallel port specifications and timing In a standard personal computer the strobe signal is generated by software writes to the parallel port control port which is typically done in the bios or some parallel port driver As personal computers become faster it is up to the software to assure that the strobe signal does not get too narrow One microsecond is the minimum pulse
54. TM 200 Commands Paper Sensor Commands Command Name Page ESC c 4 1BH 63H Select paper sensor s to stop printing 134 34H ESC c3 1BH 63H Select paper sensor s to output paper end 135 33H signals Print Position Commands Command Name Page ESC a 1BH 61H Select justification 136 HT 09H Set horizontal tab positions 137 ESC D 1BH 44H Set horizontal tab positions 137 ESC U 1BH 55H Turn unidirectional printing mode on off 138 ESC lt 1BH 3CH Return home 139 Bit image Command Command Name Page ESC 1BH 2AH Select bit image mode 140 Command Name Page GS a 1DH 61H Enable disable Automatic Status Back ASB 141 GSr 1DH 72H Transmit status 144 DLE EOT 10H 04H Transmit real time status 145 Mechanism Control Commands Command Name Page GS V 1DH 56H Select cut mode and cut paper 151 Miscellaneous Commands Command Name Page ESC 1BH 40H Initialize printer 152 GS 1DH 49H Transmit printer ID 152 ESC p 1BH 70H Generate pulse 153 ESC 1BH 3DH Select peripheral device status 153 DLE ENQ 10H 05H Query real time request to printer 154 GS z 1DH 7AH Set on line recovery wait time 154 ESC y 1BH 79H Set control feature commands 161 ESC 1BH 7EH Set extended diagnostics 161 ESC 1BH 27H Copy user defined storage buffers 154 06 01 00 Rev B Page 115 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or par
55. allowable range of voltages Page 10 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 General Specifications Media Specifications Ink Cartridge Overview For complete print cartridge specifications refer to the HP C6602A Specification Print cartridge specification HP C6602A5 Cartridge arrangement 12 vertical nozzles Typical print dot diameter 0 0100 inch 0 254 mm Vertical dot pitch 0 0104 inch 0 264 mm or 96 dpi Ink dry time 0 4 sec 230C 50 RH6 Cartridge life 6 million characters at 16 dots per character average Cartridge Color Black and or red other colors when available TransAct Part Numbers 3 Pac Black 100 02347 3 Pac Red 100 02349 6 Pac Black 100 02348 6 Pac Red 100 02350 HP Part Numbers Black Cartridge HP C6602A Red Cartridge HP C6602R All cartridge information based on HP test data Receipt Paper one ply receipt Paper feed method friction feed Paper feed pitch default 0 125 inch 1 8 inch or 3 175 mm paper width 3 0 inches 76 mm Roll diameter 4 0 inches 102 mm Paper thickness 0 003 0 0037 inches 0 076 0 094 mm Roll paper core Inside Dia 0 44 inch or more 7 16 inch or 11 11 mm Typical roll footage 330 feet 100 m Paper low indicator Optional adjustable Paper Low Sensor based on paper roll diameter Receipt paper out Less than 2 0 inches 51 mm
56. command 97 ESC Cash drawer command 97 ESC or ESC d or ESC RS and ESC Pass through 97 Printer Status Set and Inquire ENQ lt n gt Inquire printer status 99 Refer to command descriptions Print Paper Motion Low Level Paper Motion Control Function Carriage return ASCII CR Hexadecimal ODH Decimal lt 13 gt IPCL amp CR EPOS ODH Description The CR command prints the contents of the print buffer if any and resets the next character print position to the left margin A line feed is not performed unless autofeed is active The print rotation direction and the left margin command define the left margin Function Line feed ASCII LF Hexadecimal OAH Decimal lt 10 gt IPCL amp LE EPOS OAH Description The LF command prints the contents of the buffer Gf any and advances paper one line at the current default line spacing The next character print position is not reset to the left margin unless auto CR is active Horizontal Motion Control 06 01 00 Rev B Page 33 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Several commands can be used to control the horizontal position of characters Many applications use space control to position fields However the POSjet 1000 Printer has the ability to control character posi
57. command selects a status for ASB transmission ASB is enabled if any status item is selected The printer automatically transmits a 4 byte status message whenever the status changes Multiple status items can be enabled or disabled When lt n gt 0 ASB is disabled The default depends on the DIP switch settings lt n gt 0 or 2 When the printer is disabled by the ESC command and ASB is enabled the printer transmits a 4 byte status message every time the status changes If the printer goes off line due to a paper end condition bit 0 of the second byte waiting for on line recovery is on from the time the paper roll is inserted until the time the printer goes on line See the GS z 0 command for details of on line recovery wait time The paper roll near end sensor is an option If the printer is not equipped with the paper near end sensor bits 0 and 1 of the third byte are always on with paper adequate status Bit 3 of the second byte is always No error The status items are selected using lt n gt as follows Hex Decimal Status for Automatic Status Back ASB 00H lt 0 gt Drawer kick out connector pin 3 status disabled 01H lt 1 gt Drawer kick out connector pin 3 status enabled 00H lt 0 gt On line off line disabled 02H lt 2 gt On line off line enabled 00H lt 0 gt Error status disabled 04H lt 4 gt Error status enabled 00H lt 0 gt Paper roll sensor status disabled 08H lt 8
58. configured for serial or parallel IEEE 1284 operation more than one status can be sensed because the printer responds to status changes as if an inquire were issued In parallel mode only one status should be requested If more than one bit is active the resulting status on the PE signal is not defined Note Power up default is paper out on PE signal Function Begin multi drop control ASCII SOH lt n gt Hexadecimal 01H lt n gt Decimal lt l gt lt n gt IPCL none Where lt n gt is the printer address Addresses of A B or C are configurable Description The printer must be addressed in multi drop mode SOH lt n gt is the addressing command If the printer is configured with an address of A it operates when addressed When any other address is sent to the printer it enters print suppress mode An address of Z is n universal address that activates the printer Page 96 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Series 50 Compatibility Series 50 Compatibility Commands To allow the POSjet 1000 Printer to replace the Series 50 Printer without affecting the Series 50 application the most popular Series 50 emulation modes are provided The Series 50 modes should only be used if you are replacing a Series 50 Printer and cannot modify the application to
59. considerations ssseesssesseeeeeeeesssssserrreeesssssserrreeesessssererrersssssseee 83 Bar CodeS e e eis Katee eel ee es a A E RS ls LAE 85 Interleaved 2 Of 3 csi siissd edie tanien a eka cass oaaciesonee 86 CODE 39 sss re schaatoesas sei eaaa e E toes aie eee abe eae eee 86 COGE IRE se ccscets ec Batic eis ee eG eae Manca bec ame oes meee 86 NP sist sein a E case nas A E r aa a a aAA E E 86 VPC E R E te cece orate Prine O E E O R 87 EAN 3 saaieiageundsi annn seas ania rahel oaadban ies oases ede eases 87 FEAN S Saracen ci a ages bah Spd Gas n a E es ed eed 87 Code iL le pe A ei Tis eG e aa See eT Bhi ala 87 WO GAD ATs ciscsdascniecstactacodaetejeasshasan wie iegacdenadavaduareanasabatoeadk ia 87 Miscellaneous Controles ccaciisysceceadccidstaaysas cangsactversdeibcaaasedhesudyessvaancadisesevesbousgens 89 Series 50 Compatibility Commands 0 ce eeeeecceeenseneceeenscneensetsoneetsenseneeteones 97 Printer Status Set and Inquire ssseessesseeeeeeeessssssserrreeesssssseerereeessssssererrersssssseee 98 Se al Mode UU rnnt n A R E ene A R 98 IEEE 1284 Mode Inquire niseni ninia i i ai 99 Dynamic Response Mode ioiock caciseer nne aa E AREA R ste 99 INQUITE COMM ANS 6s caccaescau sven atak oe tesentgedy phas setstestenan Aaea eeren EEA eop aN wangeteaess 99 Control Codes Summary by Code 16 secesacetncncleseagecdisesssere Hess gdasesooaneenhionss 106 EPOS COS AEE 112 EPOS Deviations 59 Scores nae acca dee aa epee pam
60. gt lt 92 gt lt n gt lt n gt 0 lt n 255 O lt m lt 255 The ESC lt n gt lt n gt command sets the print starting position based on the current position and the distance from the current position to m ny x 256 x horizontal unit When standard mode is selected the horizontal motion unit set by GS P is used When page mode is selected the horizontal or vertical motion unit set by GS P is used for the print direction set by ESC T Select justification ESC a lt n gt 1BH 61H lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 97 gt lt n gt O lt n lt 2 48 lt n lt 50 The ESC a lt n gt command aligns all the data in one line to a specified position Left justification is selected when lt n gt 0 or 48 centering is selected when lt n gt 2 or 50 The default setting is left justification lt n gt 0 The command is enabled only when input at the beginning of a line Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Description Note 1 Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description Note 1 06 01 00 Control Codes Paper Sensor Commands POSjet 1000 Set back space EPOS ONLY BS 08H lt 8 gt The BS command moves the print buffer one character width to the left
61. gt Paper roll sensor status enabled Undefined Table 32 Automatic Status Back ASB Values for lt n gt 06 01 00 Rev B Page 141 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmer s Guide Status Commands Bit Off On Hex Decimal Status for Automatic Status Back ASB 0 Off 00H lt 0 gt Not used fixed to Off Off 00H lt 0 gt Not used fixed to Off 2 Off 00H lt 0 gt Drawer kick out connector pin 3 low On 04H lt 4 gt Drawer kick out connector pin 3 high 3 Off 00H lt 0 gt On line On 08H lt 8 gt Off line 4 On 10H lt 16 gt Not used fixed to On 5 E z Undefined 6 Off 00H lt 0 gt Paper is not being fed by the LINE FEED button On 40H lt 64 gt Paper is being fed by the line feed button Off 00H lt 0 gt Not used fixed to Off Table 33 Automatic Status Back ASB First Byte Printer Information Bit Off On Hex Decimal Status for Automatic Status Back ASB 0 Off 00H lt 0 gt Not waiting for on line recovery On 01H lt 1 gt Waiting for on line recovery 1 Undefined 2 Off 00H lt 0 gt No mechanical error On 04H lt 4 gt Mechanical error occurred 3 Off 00H lt 0 gt No autocutter error On 08H lt 8 gt Autocutter error occurred 4 Off 00H lt 0 gt Not used fixed to
62. host The printer is generally behind the host The storage print buffer is a software implemented first in first out FIFO circular buffer It stores information in an asynchronous fashion where information can be placed in it at any rate and retrieved from it at any rate but the information order is not altered All buffers have a finite size and if information is put in faster than it is removed the buffer will overflow To avoid overflow a flow control mechanism is required The print control mechanism is the remainder of the printer hardware and control software It interprets control codes and operates the control panel print head and cash drawer interface Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Communication Protocol The following figure illustrates the four basic parts of printer flow control Printer ae Communications port ENQ F processor Print buffer Print control Serial or parallel connection A Ny Print head Getting full getting empty Figure 12 Printer Communications Buffer Flow The communication port is either serial or parallel and is controlled by a software communication driver The driver receives data and returns requested status As information is received from the host data is taken from the communication port hardware by the driver p
63. k lt 12 48 lt d lt 57 1 1 UPCE 11 lt k lt 12 48 lt d lt 57 1 2 JAN 13 EAN 13 12 lt k lt 13 48 lt d lt 57 1 3 JAN 8 EAN 8 7 lt k lt 8 48 lt d lt 57 1 4 Code 39 1 lt k 48 lt d lt 57 65 lt d lt 90 d 32 36 37 43 45 46 47 1 5 ITF 1 lt k even number 48 lt d lt 57 1 6 Codabar 1 lt k 48 lt d lt 57 65 lt d lt 68 d 32 36 37 43 45 46 47 58 2 65 UPCA 11 lt k lt 12 48 lt d lt 57 2 66 UPCE 11 lt k lt 12 48 lt d lt 57 2 67 JAN 13 EAN 13 12 lt k lt 13 48 lt d lt 57 2 68 JAN 8 EAN 8 7 lt k lt 8 48 lt d lt 57 2 69 Code 39 1 lt n lt 255 48 lt d lt 57 65 lt d lt 90 d 32 36 37 43 45 46 47 2 70 ITF 1 lt n lt 255 48 lt d lt 57 even number Page 148 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide Bar Code System POSjet 1000 Number of Characters Contol Codes Status Commands Remarks 2 71 Codabar 1 lt n lt 255 48 lt d lt 57 65 lt d lt 68 d 32 36 37 43 45 46 47 58 72 Code 93 1 lt n lt 255 O lt d lt 127 73 Code 128 2 lt n lt 255 O lt d lt 127 Table 44 Bar Code System Based on lt m gt Description for Description for The following apply to both 06 01 00 lt d gt indicates the character code to be printed A null 00 Hex character ends the bar code definition lt n g
64. lt 0 gt Then send the data to be recorded The printer does not process the data Function End name macro record ASCII ESC US e lt Name gt lt 0 gt The second way to define macros is to use ESC g commands to define the macro and then the save macro data command to save the data Function Start macro record ASCII ESC g lt I gt Then send the data to be recorded The printer will process and print the data Page 76 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Function ASCII Function ASCII Function ASCII Function ASCII 06 01 00 User Store and Macros Stop macro record ESC g lt 2 gt Then save the macro Save macro data ESC US m lt Name gt Saving User defined Characters To save user defined characters first define the character set Define user defined characters ESC lt y gt lt c gt lt c gt x dy d y x x1 xk di d y x xk Second save the definition in the nonvolatile flash memory with the appropriate command Save the definition Note the Save user defined characters command saves all three character definitions Save user defined characters ESC US c lt Name gt lt 0 gt Third load the character set or load and run the macro To restore the character definitions i
65. lt 0 gt 1DH 31H lt Name gt 0H lt 29 gt lt 49 gt lt Name gt lt 0 gt lt Name gt a 15 byte maximum alphanumeric name to identify the image GS 1 deletes a single entry bit image or character set from storage in the nonvolatile memory pool Erase all entries from nonvolatile memory EPOS ONLY GS 5 1DH 35H lt 29 gt lt 53 gt GS 5 erases the entire contents of the nonvolatile memory pool and frees up the memory for new entries No protection for the GS 5 command exists All user store will be erased Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Macro Function Commands Function Define single user defined bit image EPOS ONLY ASCII GS xyd d xx yx 8 Hexadecimal 1DH 2AH x y d d x x y x 8 Decimal lt 29 gt lt 42 gt x y d d x x y x 8 Range 1 lt x lt 255 l lt y lt 48 0 lt d lt 255 Description The GS x yd d x x y x 8 command defines a single downloaded bit image using the number of dots specified by x and y in the RAM buffer area volatile memory The number of dots in the horizontal direction is x x 8 The number of dots in the vertical direction is y x 8 If x x y x 8 exceeds the size of the buffer the image is truncated d indicates bit image data and specifies a bit printed to one and not printed to zero After a downl
66. n gt lt 27 gt lt 14 gt lt n gt 0 lt n lt 255 The ESC J lt n gt command prints the data in the print buffer and feeds the paper n x 1 144 inches which means that the printer can feed the paper in half dot units The command is used to temporarily feed a specific length without changing the line spacing set by other commands Print and reverse feed lt n gt lines ESC K lt n gt 1BH 4BH lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 15 gt lt n gt 0 lt n lt 48 The ESC K lt n gt command prints the data in the print buffer and feeds the paper lt n gt x 1 144 inches in the reverse direction Consequently the printer can feed the paper in half dot units in the reverse direction The command is used to temporarily feed a specific length without changing the line spacing set by other commands Print and reverse feed EPOS ONLY ESC j 1BH 6AH lt 27 gt lt 106 gt 0 lt n lt 48 The ESC j command prints the data in the print buffer and feeds the paper one line in reverse Rev B Page 121 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide EPOS Command Descriptions Line Spacing Commands Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description Select default line spacing ESC 2 1BH 32H lt 27 gt lt 50 gt Th
67. n gt lines 120 ESC e 1BH 65H Print and reverse feed lt n gt lines 121 ESC J 1BH 4AH Print and feed paper lt n gt vertical units 121 ESC K 1BH 4BH Print and reverse feed lt n gt x 1 144 inches 121 ESC j 1BH 6AH Print and reverse feed 121 Command Name Page ESC 2 1BH 32H Select default line spacing 1 6 Ipi 122 ESC 3 1BH 33H Set line spacing 122 Character Commands Command Name Page ESC SP 1BH 20H Set right side character spacing 122 ESC 1BH 25H Select cancel user defined character sets 123 ESC amp 1BH 26H Define user defined characters 123 ESC 1BH 3FH Cancel user defined characters 124 ESC R 1BH 52H Select an international character set 124 ESC T 1BH 5BH Select character code table 126 54H ESC 1BH 5EH Print control character 128 GS 1DH 23H Insert Euro character 128 ESC r 1BH 72H Select color 128 ESC t 1BH 74H Select character code table 129 ESC 1BH 21H Select print mode s 130 ESC 1BH 2DH Turn on off underline mode 130 ESC G 1BH 47H Turn on off double strike mode 131 ESC 1BH 7BH Turn on off upside down printing mode 131 ESC V 1BH 56H Turn on off 90 rotation mode 131 GS 1DH 21H Set character size 132 ESC 4 1BH 34H Set italics mode 132 ESC 5 1BH 35H Reset italics mode 132 Panel Button Commands Command Name Page ESC c5 1BH 63H Enable disable panel buttons 133 35H 06 01 00 Rev B Page 117 The con
68. not pass through During pass through the multi drop commands are active if configured The printer will act upon a multi drop control command found in the pass through data If the printer is deselected during pass through it stops passing on the data When the printer is re addressed data pass through is active 06 01 00 Rev B Page 207 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Miscellaneous Communications POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Multidrop Configuration The POSjet 1000 Printer supports a multi drop configuration where up to three printers can be connected in parallel Each printer has a different address A B or C The printer does not accept any print information unless it is addressed Multi drop configuration is only available in serial mode as parallel printers cannot be connected together Off line Active A configuration flag that prevents the printer from going off line in most cases is available Off line mode allows the application to query the printer for status rather than assume a status from the control signals The feature allows the host application to query the printer at all times except when there is no power a full input buffer or a hard failure For example when the printer s cover is open the printer stops printing but still accepts data and inquiries The inquire cover status command returns
69. off underline mode ASCII ESC lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 2DH lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 45 gt lt n gt Range lt n gt 0 1 48 49 Description The ESC lt n gt command turns on or off underline mode When lt n gt 1 or 49 underline mode is turned on and when lt n gt 0 or 48 underline mode is turned off The default setting is lt n gt 0 Function Turn on off emphasized mode ASCII ESC E lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 45H lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 69 gt lt n gt Range 0 lt n lt 255 Description The ESC E lt n gt command turns on or off emphasized mode When the least significant bit LSB of lt n gt 1 emphasized mode is turned on when it is 0 emphasized mode is turned off The default setting is lt n gt 0 Emphasized and double strike printing appear the same Page 130 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes EPOSCommand Descriptions Function Turn on off double strike mode ASCII ESC G lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 47H lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 71 gt lt n gt Range 0 lt n lt 255 Description The ESC G lt n gt command turns on or off double strike mode When the least significant bit LSB of lt n gt 1 double strike mode is turned on when it is 0 double strike mode is turned off The default setting is lt n gt
70. personal computer environment 06 01 00 Rev B Page 189 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Communication Protocol POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Data to printer Printer Host computer Status and flow control back Figure 11 Host to Printer Link In most cases the host computer is capable of sending information to the printer much faster than the printer can print it To prevent information from being lost a flow control mechanism is provided The mechanism is called the flow control protocol The goal of the flow control protocol is to exchange as much information as possible as fast as possible without losing any data The POSjet 1000 Printer supports three flow control protocols two in serial mode and one in parallel From the printer s point of view four basic functions are required of communications All four are common to all three flow control protocols There must be a communication driver status inquire procedure storage buffer and print control mechanism that is using the data Page 190 The communication port is either the serial port hardware or the parallel port hardware and the associated communication software driver A means for the host to bypass the buffer for status information referred to here as an inquirer processor is also required because the buffer offsets the printer in time from the
71. print on the POSjet 1000 Information about drivers and tools are available on the TransAct web site and on a POSjet Software Developer s Toolkit For more information about either of these options contact Technical Support See Contacting TransAct s Ithaca facility on page 2 06 01 00 Rev B Page 29 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Quick PcOS Reference Chart A quick reference chart for PCOS commands follows Command Description Page Low Level Paper Motion Control CR Carriage Return 33 LF Line feed 33 Horizontal Motion Control BS Back Space 34 HT Horizontal tab 34 ESC D lt ni gt lt n2 gt lt ng gt lt ni gt lt 0 gt Set horizontal tab stops 34 ESC R Reset horizontal and 35 vertical tab stops ESC a lt n gt Set justification 35 ESC n lt ni gt lt n2 gt Set horizontal position 35 Vertical Motion Control ESC J lt n gt Perform a fine line feed 36 ESC d lt n gt Feed lt n gt lines at current 38 spacing ESC 0 Set 1 8 inch line spacing 36 ESC 1 Set 7 72 inch line spacing 37 ESC A lt n gt Set variable line spacing to 37 n 72 inch ESC 2 Begin variable line spacing 37 Enable ESC A lt n gt
72. provided in the Master Character Set Definitions Guide PN 100 9785 Page 52 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range IPCL Description 06 01 00 Character Attributes Define user defined characters ESC lt y gt lt c gt lt c gt lt x gt lt d gt d y x x1 lt x gt lt di gt d y x X 1BH 3DH lt y gt lt 27 gt lt 51 gt lt y gt y 2or3 32 lt c Se lt 126 O lt x lt 12 12x 12 font O lt x lt 14 12 x 14 font 0 lt x lt 16 24 x 16 font O lt d d yxx 255 none The ESC lt y gt lt c gt lt c2 gt lt x1 gt lt d gt d y x X1 lt x gt lt di gt d y x X command defines user defined characters from character code lt c gt to lt c gt lt y gt and lt x gt are the configurations of a user defined character lt y gt specifies the number of bytes in the vertical direction lt x gt specifies the number of bytes in the horizontal direction Character code ranges from zero to 255 FFH can be defined by lt c gt and lt c gt Up to 32 user defined characters can be defined Data lt d gt specifies a bit printed to one and not printed to zero At the default user defined characters are not defined and the internal character se
73. reset The ENQ lt 11 gt command reads the flag If the command returns power cycled status the power has been reset or power cycled since the last request All unprinted information has been lost If the print operation is critical it is a good idea to check the power cycle flag before and after all transactions An alternate approach is to check the flag after every off line to on line transition Note If the printer mode was changed by the ESC y lt 2 gt or lt 3 gt command a power cycle reset will return to the power on default Data Pass through The POSjet 1000 Printer supports data pass through sometimes referred to as display pass through Data pass through is activated by the print suppress command with the pass through bit set In pass through mode the printer can be requested to transmit any data that it receives When this is the case the printer s inquire commands are active but of little use Typically the printer s transmit data is connected to the next device in line Inquire commands have no data path back to the host If pass through is to be used it is a good idea to deactivate the inquire commands Use ESC y lt 6 gt Before pass through data can be used it must be activated in the configuration menu which is the third selection in the print suppress pass option All data after but not including the print suppress command is pass through When deactivated the print suppress command is again
74. station width is possible A CR is inserted when the tab is used Printing begins at the home position The power up default is every eight spaces i e 9 17 25 and so on Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Overview Function Reset horizontal and vertical tab stops ASCII ESC R Hexadecimal 1BH 52H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 82 gt IPCL amp HV EPOS none Description The ESC R command resets horizontal and vertical tab stops to the power up configuration The power up horizontal default is every eight spaces 1 9 17 25 and so on The vertical default is every line Function Set Justification ASCII ESC a lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 61H lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 97 gt lt n gt IPCL amp PJL PJC KPJR EPOS ESC a lt n gt Description The ESC a lt n gt command sets the horizontal justification Where lt n gt 0 Left justified amp JL 1 Center justified amp IC 2 Right justified amp IR 8 Left justified no line feed None 9 Center justified no line feed None 10 Right justified no line feed None The print format of the printer can be right center or left justified The value of lt n gt specifies the justification The power on default is left justified Note 1 The justify commands do not effect graphi
75. status 3 Transmit error status 4 Transmit paper roll sensor status Table 39 Values for the Status Function lt n gt 06 01 00 Rev B Page 145 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Status Commands Bit Off On Hexl Decimal Status 0 Off 00H lt 0 gt Not used fixed to off 1 On 02H lt 2 gt Not used fixed to on 2 Off 00H lt 0 gt Drawer kick out connector pin 3 low On 04H lt 4 gt Drawer kick out connector pin 3 high 3 Off 00H lt 0 gt On line On 08H lt 8 gt Off line 4 On 10H lt 16 gt Not used fixed to on 5 Off 00H lt 0 gt Not waiting for on line recovery On 20H lt 32 gt Waiting for on line recovery 6 E Undefined 7 Off 00H lt 0 gt Not used fixed to off Table 40 Printer Status lt n gt 1 Bit Off On Hexl Decimal Status 0 Off 00H lt 0 gt Not used fixed to off 1 On 02H lt 2 gt Not used fixed to on 2 q z Undefined 3 Off 00H lt 0 gt Paper is not being fed by the LINE FEED button On 08H lt 8 gt Paper is being fed by the line feed button 4 On 10H lt 16 gt Not used fixed to on 5 Off 00H lt 0 gt No paper end stop On 20H lt 32 gt Printing stops due to paper end 6 Off 00H lt 0 gt No error On 40H lt 64 gt Error occurs 7 Off 00H lt 0 gt
76. t gt lt t gt Range lt m gt 0 1 48 49 0 lt tl lt 255 0 lt t2 lt 255 Description The ESC p lt m gt lt t gt lt t gt command sends a pulse on time lt t gt x 2 msec to the specified connector pin When lt m gt 1 or 48 the pulse is sent to drawer kick out connector pin 2 When lt m gt 0 or 48 the pulse is sent to drawer kick out connector pin 2 when lt m gt 1 or 49 the pulse is sent to drawer kick out connector pin 5 Function Select peripheral device status ASCII ESC lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 3DH lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 61 gt lt n gt Range I lt n lt 3 Description The ESC lt n gt command selects the device to which the host computer sends data based on the value of lt n gt listed below Bit Off On Hex Decimal Function 0 Off 00H lt 0 gt Printer disabled On 01H lt 1 gt Printer enabled 1 Off 00H lt 0 gt Customer display disabled On 02H lt 2 gt Customer display enabled 2 7 E 2 Undefined Table 49 Peripheral Device Bit Definitions Note 1 In TM200 mode the value of lt n gt must be lt 2 gt to enable the display and lt 1 gt to enable the printer This does not match the Epson documentation but is how the TM200 works The POSjet 1000 Printer matches the TM200 in TM200 mode In EPOS mode you may do both 06 01 00 Rev B Page 153 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without p
77. the response times for the POSjet 1000 Printer are generally faster The POSjet 1000 Printer implements the IEEE 1284 nibble mode standard If an application requires real time status from the printer the IEEE 1284 bidirectional protocol must be used Epson supports the IEEE 1284 byte mode standard but seems to have errors in the nibble mode The POSjet 1000 Printer does not support byte mode If the POSjet 1000 Printer is used in an IEEE 1284 compliant system byte mode should be an extension and the default should be nibble mode The POSjet 1000 Printer supports real time status The EPOS real time status commands DLE ENQ and DLE EOT are processed by the printer The printer supports all the response bit fields as defined by the TM200 Printer See the descriptions below The POSjet 1000 Printer looks at and evaluates all commands as they are received and does not respond to DLE ENQ or DLE EOT commands that happen to be embedded in graphics or other commands Refer to the buffer and preprocessor descriptions in later sections 06 01 00 Rev B Page 113 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide ESC POS Supported TM 200 Commands Print and Feed Commands Command Name Page LF OAH Print and line feed 120 CR ODH Print and carriage return 120 E
78. the default line spacing value The next character print position is reset to the left margin The IPCL command prints from 00 to 99 lines For example if you wish to feed 12 lines the IPCL command would be as follows amp FL12 Vertical tab VT OBH lt 11 gt amp PVT VT The printer sets a line counter to the top of the form at reset and when a set top of form command is issued By setting vertical tab stops various form positions can be reached with a VT operation Set vertical tab stops ESC B lt n gt lt n gt lt n gt lt n gt 0 1BH 42H lt n gt lt n gt lt n gt lt nj gt 00H lt 27 gt lt 66 gt lt n gt lt n gt lt 03 gt lt N gt lt 0 gt none ESC B lt n gt lt n gt lt n gt lt nj gt 0 The ESC B lt n gt lt n gt lt n gt lt n gt 0 command sets tab stops at line positions specified by lt n gt The end of the setting is specified by a lt 0 gt All previously set tabs will be cleared If n is less than n then the command is in error and all of the following information is printed In other words tab stops must be entered sequentially in order to be accepted A total of 64 tab stops can be specified The power on default is a vertical tab on every line Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide Function A
79. they are stored See the sections on Macros and User defined Characters for definitions of these functions For additional Information on Color Graphics See Color Graphics on page 212 To allow the host application to maintain these groups of data a series of user store maintenance commands are available As referenced earlier in this manual the user can define a limited number of custom characters and define a macro These character macro definitions can also be saved in user store However only one character definition and one macro can be active at any time One macro and one user defined character definition can be flagged to load and run at startup If a flag is set the printer will automatically process the macro and or load the user defined character set at initialization Because user store is intended to be loaded only a few times and then printed as part of normal operation the programmer must take some care during the definition phase The programmer must assume the responsibility to assure the 16K buffer size is not exceeded User store can save macros and user defined character sets Defining Macros Macros can be defined two ways The first is by using the begin and end named macro commands These commands start the recording process and automatically save the macro when it is complete The macro data is not processed as it is sent to the printer Function Begin named macro record ASCII ESC US b lt Name gt
80. three fonts Consequently printing time is delayed In 180 mode the print is simply inverted and mirrored and no delay occurs In rotated 90 and 270 mode the printer can support up to 40 lines of rotated print with up to 128 characters per line One single pass and two double pass fonts with emphasize and enhanced attributes are available In free format rotated 90 and 270 mode the print length is determined by the length of the longest line entered In line formatted mode the line length is set not by the longest line entered but by the maximum line length specified by the set line length command A line spacing table controls the spacing between lines The table is defined by the rotated print line spacing ESC u command or by inserting LF or ESC J lt n gt commands in the rotated data The ESC u command specifies the number of dots to be added between each printed line Each line has an entry in the table There is space for 40 lines The default spacing is 1 8 inch between lines If a LF is used to specify the line spacing it overrides the default table and sets spacing to 1 8 inch or eight lines per inch If ESC J lt n gt is used lt n gt specifies the spacing in n 216 06 01 00 Rev B Page 63 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Print Rotation Fu
81. to a file YDB Y When you want to print the graphic simply copy the file to the printer Note You may copy the graphic to the graphic save buffer and then request the printer to retrieve and print it without re sending the graphic data Ithaca Color Image Processor is patent pending Page 214 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide POSet 1000 Graphics ST 2000 O6f 00067 KLEENEX FAN ze A gt O msc eo E STORAGE BAG seers a eee es Nn CN eUn os oS on CASH TENS CHANGE DUE i2 THANK YOU FOR SHOPPING WITH ITHACA Figure 20 Receipt with graphics As with all graphics the data path to the printer must be eight bits Seven bit protocols do not work 06 01 00 Rev B Page 215 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Appendix A POSjet 1000 Programmer s Guide Code Page Definition Table Appendix A Code Page Definition Table Code Country Code Decimal Hex ASCII lt ni gt Epson Page Language Set lt m gt lt n2 gt lt N gt lt N2 gt lt n2 gt lt n3 gt ID USA lashed Er N swedish f oe onon O oos z N 4 French Canadian 0H 04AH 0 0 7 4 13 5 r 7 r Zae e o e e a a oa wasn S o S o oes S a o osa o o e O or o ase Hebrewno
82. use the standard POSjet 1000 commands A number of items are different with the POSjet 1000 emulation including the processing of IPCL commands The Series 50 IPCL processor did not deal with command parameters by translating ASCII digits into binary field When a POSjet 1000 Printer is in Series 50 mode it behaves as the Series 50 Printer does The primary changes to the standard POSjet 1000 emulation are the removal of commands not present on the Series 50 Printer and the addition of the following commands which are only present on the Series 50 Printer Refer to the Series 50 Programmer s Guide for documentation and additional commands Function Set extended Series 50 cash drawer command ASCII BS Hexadecimal 08H Decimal lt 8 gt Description The BS command opens Cash Drawer 2 Function Set extended Series 50 cash drawer command ASCII BEL Hexadecimal 07H Decimal lt 7 gt Description The BEL command opens Cash Drawer 1 Function Set extended Series 50 cash drawer command ASCII ESC Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH Decimal lt 27 gt lt 43 gt Description The ESC command opens Cash Drawer 1 Function Set extended Series 50 pass through ASCII ESC or ESC d or ESC RS and ESC Hexadecimal 1BH 23H or 1BH 64H or 1BH 1EH and 1BH 22H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 35 gt or lt 27 gt lt 100 gt or lt 27 gt lt 30 gt and lt 27 gt lt 34 gt Description ESC or ESC d turn on pass through and ESC
83. whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Operator Panel Controls POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Using Fault Indicators to Determine Ink Cartridge Status Light Indicator Sequences Keypad Indicator Status Use this table to Power Error Paper Left Right determine LED a LED Cartridge Cartridge the status of the LED LED cartridges Right Cartridge Low OFF 1 Blink Left Cartridge Low 1 Blink OFF Both Cartridges Low 1 Blink 1 Blink Left Cartridge Removed ON OFF Right Cartridge Removed OFF ON Table 52 Table x indicator lights and ink cartridge status Page 174 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Operator Panel Contols Error Indicator Chart The following information will assist you in determining specific problems and the respective error light sequences that have been integrated into the POSjet s keypad These error messages have been built to help you see when the printer needs general maintenance as well as determine if the problem is one that may produce information loss This table also displays the extent to which errors will affect the recoverability of information being processed at the time when printing was disrupted General problems Use this table to determine problem type
84. x x y x 8 Define single user defined bit image 159 GS lt m gt Print single user defined bit image 160 GS r t m Execute macro 155 Page 222 Programmers Guide GS _ Delete start up macro definition 156 GS 0 lt Name gt lt 0 gt Print user defined bit image 158 GS 1 lt Name gt lt 0 gt Erase single entry from nonvolatile memory 158 GS 3 Query nonvolatile memory pool information 160 GS 5 Erase all entries from nonvolatile memory pool 158 GS 6 lt Name gt lt 0 gt Save user defined character set 160 GS 7 lt Name gt lt 0 gt Select user defined character set 160 GS f lt n gt Select font for HRI characters 150 GS H lt n gt Select printing position of HRI characters 150 GS h lt n gt Set bar code height 148 GS k lt m gt lt d gt lt d gt NUL Print bar code 148 GS L lt n gt lt n gt Set left margin 138 GS W lt n gt lt n gt Set printing area width 138 I Indicators fault 173 Ink cartridges ordering 25 International Character Sets 46 Internet support 2 IPCL codes 28 Italics 57 L LED indicator cartridge left 172 cartridge right 172 error 172 paper 172 power 172 Level 0 diagnostics 176 M Media specifications ink cartridge 11 receipt paper 11 Multidrop configuration 208 N Nomenclature 27 O OCR character disable 57 enable 55 Off line active 208 Operator panel controls cartridge change button 175 power button 16
85. y are set to zero the default setting of each value is used Function Initialize the printer ASCII ESC Hexadecimal 1BH 40H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 64 gt Description The ESC command initializes the printer All settings including Function Transmit printer ID ASCII GS I lt n gt Hexadecimal 1DH 49H lt n gt Decimal lt 29 gt lt 73 gt lt n gt Range 1l lt ns3 49 lt n lt 5l Description The GS I lt n gt command transmits the printer ID specified by lt n gt below Each printer ID consists of one byte of data lt n gt Printer ID Hex ID 1 49 Printer model ID ODH 2 50 Type ID OOH or 02H 3 51 ROM version ID Refer to current ROM version Table 47 Printer ID Bit Off On Hex Decimal Function 0 Off 00H lt 0 gt No two byte character code 1 Off 00H lt 0 gt Not autocutter equipped On 02H lt 2 gt Autocutter equipped 2 3 Undefined 4 Off 00H lt 0 gt Not used fixed to off 5 6 Undefined 7 Off 00H lt 0 gt Not used fixed to off Table 48 Type ID lt n gt 2 or 50 Page 152 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Status Commands Function Generate pulse ASCII ESC p lt m gt lt t gt lt t gt Hexadecimal 1BH 70H lt m gt lt t gt lt t gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 112 gt lt m gt lt
86. 0 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 General Specifications Kitchen Buzzer The kitchen buzzer is a factory installed option that can be provided as an optional feature It is triggered upon command from the host terminal to make a sound loud enough to be heard under noisy conditions Cover Interlock A printer cover interlock switch is provided as a standard feature When the cover is open the carriage assembly centers to allow servicing and the printer goes off line and removes drive power to the carriage Going off line prevents an operator from inadvertently getting their hands pinched by the carriage assembly Display Pass Through The display pass through feature allows a pole display to be interconnected with the printer The printer is connected to a host system with a special serial cable The host sends serial data to the printer and the printer sends serial data to the pole display The printer does not provide power to the display During normal printer operation no data is passed to the display In pass through mode all received data is passed on to the display The Restrictions and Considerations for Pass through 1 Pass through only works on serial printers with DTR flow control 2 XON XOFF mode does not work correctly 3 All inquire ENQ commands are active when not in a
87. 000 Programmers Guide Set left margin EPOS ONLY GS L lt n gt lt n gt 1DH 4CH lt n gt lt n gt lt 29 gt lt 76 gt lt n gt lt n gt 0 lt n lt 255 0 lt m lt 255 The GS L lt n gt lt n gt command sets the left margin using n and np The left margin is set to n ny X 256 x horizontal motion unit from the beginning of the line In standard mode the command is enabled only when input at the beginning of a line In page mode an internal flag is activated and the command is enabled when the printer returns to standard mode Set printing area width EPOS ONLY GS W lt n gt lt n gt 1DH 57H lt n gt lt n gt lt 29 gt lt 87 gt lt n gt lt n gt 0 lt n 255 0 lt m lt 255 The printing area width is set to m np X 256 x horizontal motion unit from the left margin In standard mode the command is enabled only when input at the beginning of a line In page mode an internal flag is activated and the command is enabled when the printer returns to standard mode Turn on off unidirectional printing mode ESC U lt n gt 1BH 55H lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 85 gt lt n gt 0 lt n lt 255 The ESC U lt n gt command turns on off unidirectional printing mode When the least significant bit LSB of lt n gt 1 unidirectional printing is turned on When LSB 0 unidirectional printing is turned off and bidirectional printing is turned on Unidirectional printing can be turned on when p
88. 048 bytes the excess data will not be stored Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description 06 01 00 Execute macro EPOS ONLY GS rtm 1DH 5EH rtm lt 29 gt lt 94 gt rtm O lt r lt 255 0 lt t lt 255 m See below The GS r t m command executes a macro definition The r specifies the number of times to execute the macro When Bit 1 of m is set r is ignored and the macro is executed infinitely t specifies the waiting time for executing the macro it is t x 100 msec for every macro execution m specifies macro executing mode When the LSB of m 0 the macro executes r times continuously with the interval specified by t When the LSB of m 1 the printer remains idle and waits for the LINE FEED button to be pressed after waiting for the period specified by t After the button is pressed the printer executes the macro once The printer repeats the operation r times When Bit 5 of m is set the current macro definition is saved into the printer s nonvolatile flash memory as a start up macro without executing it The macro definition is executed upon power up using the parameters specified by the GS r t m command If the printer is powered up into self test mode the macro definition will not be executed A saved macro definition can be deleted with the GS _ command Rev B Page 155 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Techno
89. 1000 Control Codes EPOSCommand Descriptions International Character Sets Country Epson ID Country Epson ID Spanish II 11 Latin 5 Windows Turkey Dutch Kamenicky MJK Swedish II ISO Latin 4 8859 4 Turkish Hebrew NC 862 Serbo Croatic ISO Latin 6 8859 10 Norway Table 24 International Character Sets 06 01 00 Rev B Page 125 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes EPOS Command Descriptions POSjet 1000 Programmers Guide Function Select character code table EPOS ONLY ASCII ESC T lt n gt lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 5BH 54H lt n gt lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 91 gt lt 84 gt lt n gt lt n gt Default lt n gt 1 lt n gt 181 Code Page 437 Description The ESC T lt n gt lt n gt command selects a code page lt n gt from the character code table Code Country Decimal lt nh gt lt mi gt Hex lt nn gt lt ni gt Page 64 USA Slashed 0 64 0H 040H 65 USA Unslashed 0 0 65 0H 041H 66 British 0 66 0H 042H 67 German 0 67 0H 043H 68 French 0 68 0H 044H 69 Swedish 0 69 0H 045H 70 Danish 0 70 0H 046H 71 Norwegian 0 71 0H 047H 72 Dutch 0 72 0H 048H 73 Italian 0 73 0H 049H 74 French Canadian 0 74 0H 04AH 75 Spanish 0 75 0H 04BH 76 Swedish II 0 76 0H 04CH 7
90. 173 Page vi Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Table of Contents CIM Te CO VEDA IE Gani s ares ite eh a ees cet aoa reales eee aa 173 Non receveraDle seats d aia Mate eee et EA ae eee ae 173 Using Fault Indicators to Determine Ink Cartridge Status eens 174 Error Indicator hart acy sas estate ooh eile ele eaaa as 175 Chaptet gieten ae aaee Oa e O Era aE SE O N Seas gies EON 176 Pritet Self Tests ndhi iran aaa a aaa a a Ga 176 Level 0 Diagn stiCSi ciori eriei ene er a e EEE Ea EE E E SEa ESS 176 Boot L ader M d sssi ireen eiie e rse a e iE n ESE a EiS 177 Extended Diagnostiese dnin a a aa E a G 177 Self Test Dia gnOsties sciis iite tinii ene ivesi ise ibidis 177 R ceipt T si tsrs A ld aun E E E R EENE ER 178 Graphie TeSt ersed aaea Ee a a ean ELEA E E ERES 178 Print Specitication Pestiesen ee ee aa A E R ATR 178 Alignment Test sisi ccudi ends heii sia i iss EISi baud sak 178 B rnan Vest nessa hoe eae sha chee ede ee ae a ok ee ee ae 178 Rolling ASC Teste nees insiens yeop iiri eee r at 178 Hex dump Mode serinin e aa aa o aa ATA a aa eh 179 Chapter O ioeo ena n a a a aa Ea ea aa erora aI EET ATE TE a EaR 180 Feature Conti suration es e rt EE E E E E a E e a a e 180 Manual Configuration sseesesssseseesseessssrerssssressssrressssreesrsereesrserersssrreesssreess
91. 2 lt 255 The GS z 0 lt t gt lt t gt command is not used by the POSjet 1000 Printer When the cover is closed the printer returns to full operation immediately The LINE FEED button does not need to be pressed to resume operation after a paper change The application may send the GS z 0 lt t gt lt t gt command to the printer but it will be ignored Copy user defined storage buffers ESC lt n gt 1BH 27H lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 39 gt lt n gt The ESC lt n gt command copies data between the user defined RAM buffer and the nonvolatile flash buffer If lt n gt 0 the command saves user defined characters and graphics to predefined user store locations If lt n gt 1 the command retrieves both user defined characters and graphics from user store Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Macro Function Commands Macro Function Commands Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Description Start end macro definition EPOS ONLY GS 1DH 3AH lt 29 gt lt 58 gt The GS command starts or ends macro definition Macro definition starts when the command is received during normal operation and ends when it is received during the macro definition The macro definition can contain up to 2048 bytes If the definition exceeds 2
92. 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 187 gt CR LF lt 186 gt PcOS PRINTERS lt 186 gt CR LF lt 186 gt lt 186 gt CR LF lt 186 gt MADE TO ORDER lt 186 gt CR LF lt 186 gt BUILT TO LAST lt 186 gt CR LF lt 200 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 188 gt CR LF ESC a lt 0 gt ESC 0 ESC P lt 15 gt CR LF ST 2000 OP 00067 TE 021 0035 CR LF KLEENEX FAM D04 QTY 1 1 68 J CR LF RITZ D01 QTY 1 2 50 D CR LF CHIPS D01 QTY 1 1 50 D CR LF STORAGE BAG D04 QTY 1 1 50 J CR LF SUB TOTAL 7 18 CR LF SALES TAX 1 S5O CR LF SSS CR LF TOTAL 7 68 CR LF CASH TEND 20 00 CR LF CHANGE DUE 12 23 CR LF CR LF ESC a lt 1 gt THANK YOU FOR SHOPPING WITH US CR LF ESC a lt 0 gt CR LF DATE 0 TIME 0 CR LF ESC d lt 10 gt Figure 18 Example Commands for a Sample Receipt Page 210 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part with
93. 24 x 16 Font Horizontal 12 14 16 Vertical 12 12 24 Maximum 17 33 14 86 13 1 dot added 16 13 87 12 24 2 dots added 14 86 13 11 56 3 dots added 13 87 11 76 10 95 4 dots added 13 11 56 10 4 5 dots added 12 24 10 95 9 9 6 dots added 11 56 10 4 9 45 Character Generation Standard Print Table 3 Possible Character Pitches The three resident fonts in the printer are Draft Large Draft and Near Letter Quality NLQ The cell size for each is different Character Cell Draft Large Draft NLQ Horizontal 12 14 16 Vertical 12 12 24 Table 4 Cell Size for Draft Large Draft and NLQ Fonts The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in Rev B whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated 06 01 00 Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 General Specifications Draft Font The draft font is defined in the 12 x 12 cell to use six full and five half columns horizontally In general most characters are only nine dots wide however to provide readable international characters the minimum cell size is kept at 12 The minimum cell size provides at least one half column between any character The vertical format never uses the top dot and the bottom two dots are used for character decenders and underline The draft font provides the most print per line and the most efficient use of ink per character OIE ENEY 02 0 0 03 0 0 04
94. 3H OFCH 1021 Latin 5 Windows Turkey 3 253 3H OFDH 1022 Windows Cyrillic 3 254 3H OFEH 1024 Hungarian CWI 4 0 4H 000H 1026 ISO Latin 4 8859 4 4 2 4H 002H 1027 Ukrainian 4 3 4H 003H 1028 Roman 8 4 4 4H 004H 1029 ISO Latin 6 8859 10 4 5 4H 005H 1030 Hebrew NC 862 4 6 4H 006H 1031 Hebrew OC 4 7 4H 007H 1032 Windows Hebrew 4 8 4H 008H 1033 KBL Lithuanian 4 9 4H 009H 1034 Windows Baltic 4 10 4H 00AH 1035 Cyrillic Latvian 4 11 4H 00BH 1072 Bulgarian 4 48 4H 030H Table 25 Character Code Pages Rev B Page 127 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes EPOS Command Descriptions Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description Page 128 POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Print control character EPOS ONLY ESC lt n gt 1BH 5EH lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 94 gt lt n gt 0 lt n lt 255 The ESC lt n gt command allows characters from zero to 31 codes to be printed During normal operation characters from zero to 31 are control characters Control code translation is turned off for the following character Insert Euro character EPOS ONLY GS lt n gt 1DH 23H lt n gt lt 29 gt lt 35 gt lt n gt The GS lt n gt command allows an application to replace any character in
95. 4 Note 5 06 01 00 Misc ellaneous Enable print suppress and data pass through ESC lt lt n gt 1BH 3CH lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 60 gt lt n gt amp PPT lt n gt ESC lt n gt The ESC lt lt n gt command provides print suppress and data pass through features Where Bit 0 Printer select Bit 1 Pass through On Bits 2 7 Undefined If Bit 0 is clear the printer stops processing data If Bit 1 is set the data is passed through the printer and sent out on the serial port The pass through command is processed as part of print data It is not processed until it is found in the input buffer by the print processor It is not an immediate command The printer must be on line and ready to activate the command If the printer is configured for parallel operation the data is still pass through on the serial port In most cases the serial port however is not connected The operation of the command can be altered by the print suppress configuration and requires that the pass through and print suppress functions be enabled in the configuration menu When Series 50 Printer compatibility is being used these commands do not function Series 50 Printer pass through must be used Multi drop is operational during suppress and pass through If a multi drop address is present in the pass through data it is processed Rev B Page 93 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or
96. 55 Description The ESC c 5 lt n gt command enables or disables the LINE FEED button When the least significant bit LSB of lt n gt one the LINE FEED button is disabled when it is zero the button is enabled To prevent problems caused by accidentally pressing the LINE FEED button use the command to disable it The LINE FEED button is temporarily enabled regardless of how the command is set during the wait time set by the GS z 0 command for paper insertion and during the recovery confirmation time 06 01 00 Rev B Page 133 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Paper Sensor Commands Paper Sensor Commands Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description Select paper sensor s to stop printing ESC c 4 lt n gt 1BH 63H 34H lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 99 gt lt 52 gt lt n gt 0 lt n lt 255 The ESC c 4 lt n gt command selects the sensor that tells the printer to stop printing when out of paper The default setting occurs when all paper sensors are disabled lt n gt 0 Bits O and 1 indicate the same sensor If one of the bits is enabled the paper roll near end sensor is selected to stop printing When the paper roll near end sensor is enabled and the sensor detects a near end condition during printing the printer completes the current job then
97. 57 8901 Main fax 607 257 8922 Sales fax 607 257 3868 Technical Support fax 607 257 3911 Web site http www transact tech com Page 2 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 General Description Chapter 2 General Description Model PJ1000 Inkjet Receipt Printer Standard Features The following features are common to the entire family of printers 06 01 00 Up to 12 lines per second at 10 characters per line 5 0 inches per second paper slew speed 2 5 inch print zone One color printing Latch in ink cartridge Dual cash drawer drivers with status Single Modular Centronics parallel or serial RS 232C interface Configurable receiver buffer Custom logo graphic print buffer in nonvolatile memory Insta Load paper loading capability PowerPocket External power supply that can be housed inside printer Self diagnostics Set up and configuration utility program Characters per inch cpi selections of 13 14 8 and 17 3 Three print fonts Draft Large Draft and Near Letter Quality NLQ Selectable printing of bold italic size scaling and or rotated 4 90 rotations Rev B Page 3 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated General Description POSjet 1000 P
98. 6 Optional features 4 ordering supplies 25 paper ordering 25 Paper motion 33 Parallel port timing 192 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide Plug and Play parallel 197 serial 202 Power cycle recovery 207 Print buffers 189 rotation 63 Printer inquire 98 Printing specifications 5 Programmer s notes 208 R Remote power control 205 206 Remote reset 205 S Self test 176 Serial port flow control 198 inquire 204 Service 1 Standard emulation 28 features 3 Star codes 162 command summary 162 06 01 00 Rev B POSet 1000 Index Subscript 57 Superscript 57 supplies 25 cables 26 ink cartridges 25 paper 25 T TM 200 command summary 114 TransAct Technologies Ithaca facility 2 U Underline 57 User macros 83 User store 76 Warranty 1 Page 223 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated
99. 6 Automatic Status Back ASB Fourth Byte Paper Sensor Information 143 Table 37 Paper Sensor Status lt n gt 1 49 csssesaceecsacs assensiaiees Ba Sateen 144 Table 38 Drawer Kick out Connector Status lt n gt 2 50 cccccccsssseeeecceeeeeeeeaeeeees 144 Table 39 Values for the Status Function lt gt ooo cccccccsccccecccescccsscccuscceusceeueseasecs 145 Table 40 Printer Status lt m gt SA Y n aaa a a aiae aaraa aSa Eiin 146 Table 41 Off line Status lt gt 2 essssssseesenssssssseeeeessssssssrereoessssssserreesssssssseereeessssss 146 Pable 42 ErrorStatus lt i gt 3 oo en a a E AE A pean sas ANE ENS 147 Table 43 Paper Roll Sensor Status lt n gt 4 sssssssssssessssssssersrerssssssserrreersssssserereeeess 147 Table 44 Bar Code System Based on lt M gt ccssccccccceeeseeeesnneeeeeeeeeeseeennneeeeeeeeeeeeees 149 06 01 00 Rev B Page ix The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Tables POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Table 45 Printing Position of HRI Characters 2 0 0 0 eeecseeesessseeecsneeeeesesneeeeeeeesneeeeee 150 Table 46 Font for Human Readable Interpretation HRI Characters cceeeeeeeeeee 150 Table 47 Printet WD 2 225vcssce23 cess crs vcasceasudccaud iaiaeiaeiaa iiaiai aiaks 152 Table 48 Type ID ne 2 or 50 aaa a chic a a Oaa SASA 152 Table 49 Peripheral Device Bi
100. 6 dpi 1 horizontal 1 vertical pass 11 208 x 96 dpi 2 horizontal 1 vertical pass 12 104 x 192 dpi 1 horizontal 2 vertical passes 13 208 x 192 dpi 2 horizontal 2 vertical passes Note 1 Modes 11 through 13 are designed to support horizontal graphics and not intended for APA graphics Function Begin unidirectional print ASCII ESC U lt I gt Hexadecimal 1BH 55H 01H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 85 gt lt 1 gt IPCL amp GU EPOS ESC U lt 1 gt Description The ESC U lt 1 gt command prints all data in unidirectional print mode to improve line to line registration for graphical data Note 1 Unidirectional print should be canceled before normal text is printed Print time is slowed if it is not canceled 06 01 00 Rev B Page 71 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Graphic Mode Function Begin bidirectional print ASCII ESC U lt 0 gt Hexadecimal 1BH 55H 00H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 85 gt lt 0 gt IPCL amp GB EPOS ESC U lt 0 gt Description The ESC U lt 0 gt command prints all data in bidirectional logic seeking print mode Horizontal Graphics Color Graphics The POSjet 1000 Printer supports graphics sent as horizontal scan lines Individual scan lines of graphic data are sent to the printer one line at a time Although the POSjet 1000 Printer only supports two colo
101. 67 43 360 Table 1 Character Specifications Characters per Line Minimum Lines per Second 10 12 20 10 30 8 40 6 Table 2 Print Speed Specifications 2 The value is based on a single full 2 5 inch print line Line feed time is not included 3 Print speed is calculated with the 12 x 12 font at 17 3 cpi and 8 lpi spacing If head maintenance needs to be done the print speed will be less 06 01 00 Rev B Page 5 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated General Specific ations Page 6 Character Pitch POSjet 1000 Programmers Guide Each character has at least one half column inter character spacing included within the cell size The inter character spacing provides the maximum character pitch as shown in the table below Change the spacing between characters in one of two ways The first is to request that right side spacing be added between characters the other is to request a specific pitch in characters per inch When a specific character per inch cpi is selected the printer calculates the number of half dot columns that must be inserted between characters to print at the requested cpi It is not always possible to print at exactly the requested pitch The printer selects the closest possible pitch to the one chosen Character Cell 12 x 12 Font 12 x 14 Font
102. 7 Swedish III 0 77 0H 04DH 78 Swedish IV 0 78 0H 04EH 79 Turkish 0 79 0H 04FH 80 Swiss 0 80 0H 050H 81 Swiss II 0 81 0H 051H 91 Welsh 0 91 0H 05BH 437 USA 1 181 1H 0B5H 774 Baltic 774 3 6 3H 006H 850 Multilingual 3 82 3H 052H 852 East Europe Latin II 852 3 84 3H 054H 855 Cyrillic 1 855 3 87 3H 057H 857 Turkey 857 3 89 3H 059H 858 Multilingual Euro 3 90 3H 05AH 860 Portugal 3 92 3H 05CH 861 Icelandic 861 3 93 3H 05DH 862 Hebrew NC 862 3 94 3H 05EH 863 Canada French 3 95 3H 05FH 865 Norway 3 97 3H 061H Page 126 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSjet 1000 Contol Codes EPOSCommand Descriptions 06 01 00 Code Country Decimal lt nh gt lt n gt Hex lt n gt lt ni gt Page 866 Cyrillic Il 866 3 98 3H 062H 869 Greek 869 3 101 3H 065H 874 Thailand 3 106 3H 06AH 895 Kamenicky MJK 3 127 3H 07FH 1008 Greek 437 3 240 3H OFOH 1009 Greek 928 3 241 3H OF1H 1011 Greek 437 CYPRUS 3 243 3H 0F3H 1012 Turkey 3 244 3H OF4H 1013 Cyrillic Il 866 3 245 3H OF5H 1014 Polska Mazovia 3 246 3H OF6H 1015 ISO Latin 2 3 247 3H 0F7H 1016 Serbo Croatic 3 248 3H OF8H 1017 Serbo Croatic II 3 249 3H OF9H 1018 ECMA 94 3 250 3H OFAH 1019 Windows East Europe 3 251 3H OFBH 1020 Windows Greek 3 252
103. A quick reference chart for PCOS commands folloWS e ce eeeeseeeeeeeeees 30 Pram Raper Moton anA E a E R A areca means oon ae Gas 33 Low Level Paper Motion Control eeessessessesssreesrssressererrssrrereesssreesssereessse 33 Horizontal Motion Control sis csccSacstieis cea llden Cada sarteediees seenagen ie cateea i 33 Vertical Motion Control cesscstvasiatecesastandy basco tetcodyquaahandedeouitanteisassoaanateaeeaneeieeess 36 C Har ACter PI xessc ste cigs E EE E A E EE T 41 Character Font iessecsesir treinen ri eres e Ea AATE EE aE EE iS 44 International Character Sets and Code Pages eeeeessssecccceeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeeeeeeees 46 Print Rotation Commands 5 3 54 secd sascecausagecaagsaganciey eansddeansoenesveanadesanecasesscsaateaes 63 Rotated Print Summary s 52issav ssdeveds ccissavsvasnnedasctbvaseeaiesees cea bensi o aceabeceeveswoeanens 65 Graphe Mode sar crt ws E E E acdsee aerate E 68 Standard APA Graphics creien inisee aasa on e Ee Ea ran ira EEEa na 68 Extended 2k PARAMOS se a e r ance E E E A R 70 Horizontal Graphics Color Graphics ssssssseeeeeeeesssssseeeereesssssssererresss 12 Difference nenaon ey Ses a aaa Shes tans tas ce oh A A ee ee 75 Us r Store Graphic SAVE irienn en el saadecs Waves e a anes espiro rieus eats 76 Defining MAGTOS cisnienia E a EE O Sia 76 User Store Commands isisisi benis tsiis en a anna e eaa enor E aaa e benais 79 Us r MaCTO Saeed e e a a a eo Ac a a scene eases 83 Programming
104. ARTRIDGE ART X P RROR al Feed Figure 9 Keypad layout JE POSjet 1000 Buttons Three buttons are located on the POSjet and can be used to perform functions like self testing configuration and to monitor printer status The three buttons are Power Located on front face of the printer s cabinet New Cartridge Located on top portion of printer s keypad Line Feed Located on bottom portion of printer s keypad Power Button The POSjet 1000 has been designed to remain connected to an AC power source Because of this the power button is used to alternately switch the printer between standby and operation modes When pressed the power button does not disconnect power to the printer The printer is truly off only when the AC power supply is disconnected Using the power button to enter standby mode will make the printer appear to be off You will notice that none of the keypad s indicator lights will be on When the printer enters operation mode the green power indicator light will be activated The operational state of the POSjet can be determined by looking at the power indicator light LED Refer to the Page 166 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Operator Pan
105. Codes ESC POS Supported EPOS Commands Command Name Page GSh 1DH 68H Set bar code height 148 GS k 1DH 6BH Print bar code 148 GSH 1DH 48H Select printing position of HRI characters 150 GS f 1DH 66H Select font HRI characters 150 Mechanism Control Commands Command Name Page GS V 1DH 56H Select cut mode and cut paper 151 ESC i 1BH 69H Set partial knife cut 151 ESC m 1BH 69H Set partial knife cut 151 BEL 07H Sound buzzer 151 ESC BEL 1BH 07H Sound buzzer 151 Miscellaneous Commands Command Name Page GS P 1DH 50H Set horizontal and vertical motion units 152 ESC 1BH 40H Initialize printer 152 GS 1DH 49H Transmit printer ID 152 ESC p 1BH 70H Generate pulse 153 ESC 1BH 3DH Select peripheral device status 153 DLE ENQ 10H 05H Send real time request to printer 154 ESC y 1BH 79H Set control feature commands 161 ESC 1BH 7EH Set extended diagnostics 161 ESC 1BH 27H Copy user defined storage buffers 154 Macro Function Commands Command Name Page GS 1DH 3AH Start end macro definition 155 GS rtm 1DH 5EH Execute macro 155 GS _ 1DH 5FH Delete start up macro definition 156 User defined Memory Commands Command Name Page GS lt Name gt 1DH 2DH Define user defined bit image 156 cd lt Name gt GS 0 lt Name gt 1DH 30H Print user defined bit image 158 He lt Name gt GS 1 lt
106. DTR to one and waits another 200 milliseconds After 200 milliseconds the system checks to see whether the DSR line is high This indicates that a serial device is attached to the serial port The system responds by setting RTS high and waits to receive the device identification string In some devices such as the serial mouse the DSR line can be held high by tying it directly to the DTR line When the mouse is connected to the serial port on the personal computer the power supplied through the DTR line also raises DSR high For Plug and Play compatibility RTS flow control is used at the printer because DSR must stay high as long as the device is attached to the serial port Serial Device Identification The serial device must report its identification to the system using an identification string at 1200 baud The identification string consists of 18 fields that identify the device class of the device and other compatible devices Only five of the fields are required by all serial devices all others are optional The identification string used by the POSjet 1000 Printer follows 028H Start of ASCII response 0 1 PnP Rev IPR0210 Unique ID IPR plus revision level PRINTER Printer S 1000 PcOS Model SC 9600 N 8 1 Serial Configuration Baud Parity Bits Stop Bits xxH Check sum 029H End PnP Note 1 The model field may be altered to generate PnP ID s other than S1000 PcOS by special order When the identificat
107. E E EEEE EEE eae ee 6 Table 4 Cell Size for Draft Large Draft and NLQ Fonts cc eeeeeeessnneeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeees 6 Tables Printer Dimensions seus asco in a an canseaatsed oan R E a 9 Table 6 Standard Power Input Requirement eee eeseceeeesssneeeeeeesaeeeeesssaeeeeeeaaes 10 Table 7 Power Input Requirements Optional 24 volt DC Supplied from Host 10 ables Gash Drawer Connector nren oren R vee A het R ea ees 14 Table 9 Parallel Port Pin Quts ss c 2icesissssssceccei ensis nlsi siti i antec aiiin 16 Table 10 Se al Port Pin2Ouus i icccascrsci stein occu eetdes toes sacec a e A AEO AE ER RS 17 Table 11 Carriage Configurations 5 8 ssseccdsqoasgedepeancedagastoede puns getebouagauygeansedenasteateqeaseenenens 22 Table 12 Ordering Papeier a a E a a E A a SRSA 25 Table 13 Ordering Cartridges 0 5 5 lt scas sadeveds ccigsevsyasnnedascabeaasond nets cca eaii nenei aras eiat 25 able Orderime Cables rant csies ava sieci ioc coma calc dea e een aces E 26 Table 19 Character P OD e kd seastusc bec sd es Gansus istaea sd cudaas a a tas sagen anaes LEIRER 42 Table 16lnterchanacter Space lt 3c cy eas vinee i ai ee ce ae Ee aan Soe ee ee ees 43 Table 17 Lansuage Table ID S sii sssaicsseatingainia ni iiiaae 47 Table 18 EPOS Language Table TD ince ssuniacie ne viatinsi aati Gasiia erica eawetie 48 Tabl 19 Code Page Definition Table ag v5 xsc5ssSeseedybvases sd sgaceedssaduus ssp deatcdy eaves ud oanesteweuoededeees 50 Table 20 Euro C
108. H amp F3 Begin 10 cpi character 41 pitch DC4 14H amp MN Cancel one line double wide 58 print FF OCH amp FF Form feed 39 HT 09H amp HT Horizontal tab 34 LF OAH amp LF Line feed 33 SI OFH amp F 1 Begin 17 cpi character 41 pitch SO OEH amp MW Begin one line double wide 57 print SOH lt n gt 01H none Begin multidrop control 96 VT OBH amp VT Vertical tab 38 ENQ lt n gt 05H none Inquire status Refer to 99 command descriptions ESC BEL lt n gt lt n2 gt 1BH 07H none Configure audio alert 92 lt N3 gt ESC EM B lt n gt 1BH 19H 42H amp BH lt mi gt lt m2 gt Set bar code height 88 n 0 Restore defaults n 1 9 Number of passes 0 11 inch per pass ESC EM J lt n gt 1BH 19H 4AH amp BJ lt m gt lt m2 gt Set bar code justification 88 HRI print mode and print direction ESC US b lt Name gt 1BH 1FH 62H amp UB lt Name gt lt 0 gt Begin named macro record 79 lt 0 gt ESC US c lt Name gt 1BH 1FH 63H amp UC lt Name gt lt 0 gt Save user defined 80 lt 0 gt characters ESC US d lt Name gt 1BH 1FH 64H amp UD lt Name gt lt 0 gt Delete item from user store 82 lt 0 gt ESC US e lt Name gt 1BH 1FH 65H amp UG lt Name gt lt 0 gt End named macro record 79 lt 0 gt ESC US f ALL lt 0 gt 1BH 1FH amp UF Flush information from user 82 66H 00H store ESC US lt Name gt 1BH 1FH amp UL lt
109. H 32H Set n 72 inch line feed ESC J lt n gt 1BH 4AH Set one time line feed of n 72 inch ESC z 0 1BH 7AH 30H Set 1 12 inch line feed ESC z lt 0 gt 1BH 7AH 00H Set 1 12 inch line feed ESC 3 lt n gt 1BH 33H Set n 216 inch line feed simulation ESC y lt n gt 1BH 79H Set n 144 inch line feed ESC K lt n1 gt lt 0 gt 1BH 4BH lt n gt 00H 8 dot single density bit image ESC L lt ni gt lt n gt 1BH 4CH lt n1 gt lt n gt 8 dot double density bit image ESC h 1 1BH 68H 31H Select vertical expanded character mode ESC h lt 1 gt 1BH 68H 01H Select vertical expanded character mode ESC h 0 1BH 68H 30H Cancel vertical expanded character mode ESC h lt 0 gt 1BH 68H 00H Cancel vertical expanded character mode 06 01 00 Rev B Page 163 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes Citizen Control Codes Used for Download Characters POSjet 1000 Programmers Guide Hex Code ASCII Command Hex Code Description ESC amp lt 0 gt lt ni gt lt n2 gt 1BH 26H 00H Define download characters lt N1 gt lt N2 gt ESC 1 1BH 25H 31H Enable the download character set ESC lt 1 gt 1BH 25H 01H Enable the download character set ESC 0 1BH 25H 30H Disable the download character set ESC lt 0 gt 1BH 25H 00H Di
110. IFO buffer and the last data placed in the buffer is lost 06 01 00 Rev B Page 195 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Communication Protocol POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Time outs IEEE 1284 specifies time outs for various phases of the protocol The POSjet 1000 Printer treats time outs as minimums The printer time outs at the specified period only if it is idle during the complete phase Active State The IEEE 1284 reverse channel may be activated at any time as long as the printer is not busy with data If the printer is off line or the cover is open the reverse channel may be activated If the printer is placed back on line while the reverse channel is active the printer will not exit the reverse channel mode Inquire Responses In general inquire commands place two byte responses in the IEEE 1284 reverse channel buffer The two bytes are the same as the serial mode responses In IEEE 1284 mode the printer remains busy until the inquire command is processed assuring responses in real time To receive the response the host must ask for it It is possible for the host to make a number of requests and wait for the responses however the status returned is valid at the time the request was made It is also possible for the dynamic response mode to be activated and the reverse channel mode to be opened The reverse
111. Name gt 1DH 31H Erase single entry from nonvolatile memory 158 ve lt Name gt GS 5 1DH 35H Erase all entries from nonvolatile memory 158 GS 1DH 2AH Define single user defined bit image 159 GS 1DH 2FH Print single user defined bit image 160 GS 6 1DH 36H Save user defined character set 160 GS 7 1DH 37H Select user defined character set 160 GS 3 1DH 33H Query nonvolatile memory pool information 160 06 01 00 Rev B Page 119 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes EPOS Command Descriptions POSet 1000 Programmer s Guide TM200 and EPOS Command Descriptions The TM200 and EPOS emulations are grouped together The TM200 emulation is a subset of the EPOS emulation The EPOS only commands are noted Print and Feed Commands Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description Page 120 Print and line feed LF OAH lt 10 gt The LF command prints the data in the print buffer and feeds one line The amount of paper fed per line is based on the value set using the line spacing command The default setting is 1 6 inch Print and carriage return CR ODH lt 13 gt When auto line feed is enabled CR functions in the same way as LF When auto line feed is disabled CR prints th
112. POS commands that are processed They are as close as possible to Epson s definitions The user must remember that the POSjet 1000 EPOS emulation unlike the TM200 emulation is not designed as a drop in replacement for an Epson printer The POSjet 1000 Printer is designed to bring new and unique features and functionalities to a point of sale receipt printer These features are not always compatible with Epson printers Not all features of POSjet 1000 Printers can be supported by EPOS In particular the ability to print color graphics is not supported Epson has not yet defined any way to print color graphics EPOS Deviations Several differences exist between the POSjet 1000 and Epson printers The POSjet 1000 Printer and TM200 have fundamentally different print technology The dot pitch and cell size of the printers also vary The POSjet 1000 Printer tries to duplicate the TM200 functionality but it is not always possible For example the downloaded characters print smaller on a POSjet 1000 Printer than a TM200 Page 112 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes EPOS Real time Status The POSjet 1000 Printer is available in serial and parallel versions Epson supports parallel operation but does it through a parallel to serial interface Consequently
113. PROGRAMMER S GUIDE Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Change History Change History Initial Release Rev A April 19 2000 Rev B June 2 2000 1 Removed pre release change log 2 Added references to Color Ready Configurations and how to configure to Color operation 3 Added an ordering supplies section 4 Corrected a number of command titles 5 Corrected the quick reference table Commands and descriptions were shifted 06 01 00 Rev B Page i The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Disclaimer POSet 1000 Programmer s Guide Page ii Introduction Disclaimer Information in this publication is subject to change without notice However as product improvements become available TransAct Technologies Incorporated will make every effort to provide updated information for the products described in this publication TransAct Technologies Incorporated cannot guarantee that changes in software and equipment made by other manufacturers and referred to in this publication do not affect the applicability of information in this publication Copyright 2000 TransAct Technologies Incorporated All rights reserved Revision Level A January 2000 Printed in USA No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means mechanical photocopying recording
114. Print B ffet FloW eeren a e et a eg nce 200 Printer Buller Si2e sioen aac a a 202 Serial Mode Plug and Play 22 1 5cccc2isicestaasecsiedeciacedesceiauteasd uate evaeuceacceandseiecnae 202 Witte IDS Re css date ce viene ates Sap setae ie ste eee es eee Sl es 203 Serial Device Identification igs 8 os ia aol cosh lh Redes tas atest eee he Rada ceshiae 203 06 01 00 Rev B Page vii The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Table of Contents POSet 1000 Programmer s Guide Serial Port TG ud Fe ess caiad cad Ga csteddacee ea aiaennneden ela a dese ans aaawe aan EEO ae 204 Remote Printer Rese ae a Aid naeseee wacko ae na aaa a 205 Reset in Serial Mode 2 csaisiescsdedcciaedandasssigdees e ei eene i aaee edad aus 205 Reset in Parallel Modezsenneesnananr nananana mwatelee aes 205 Remote Power Control sssrini codesesscsms yess sols eieo eegee rer est eo ea Eris 205 Miscellaneous Communication Features ccccccceeeeesesenneeeeeeceeeeeeennneeeeeeeees 207 Power cycle RECOVELY lt isissssasivddsccisesessdanedacctivenasudunedacacbucseceievetareabecveeeioeeans 207 Data Pass thtou dheoir ese irets none eor a eea eae shangumgurteneytbanevtass 207 Multidrop Configuration sssseeeseeessssssseeereessssssserereessssssserereeesssssserereeessse 208 Off line A COV 0 rerent e eea eana aaa AE aa eaei taar a Deni 208 Programmer SIN OME So
115. R Reverse line feed 40 ESC lt n gt 1BH 5EH amp CC lt mM1 gt lt M2 gt lt mMs gt _ Print control character 51 ESC _ lt n gt 1BH 5FH amp CO n 0 Enable Disable overscore 60 amp MO n 1 n 0 End n 1 Begin 06 01 00 Rev B Page 109 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes Summary by Code POSjet 1000 Programmers Guide ASCII IPCL Equivalent Description Page Command Code ESC a lt n gt 1BH 61H amp JR n 2 Set justification aa 1 n 0 Left amp JL n 0 n 1 Center n 2 Right n 8 Left No line feed n 9 Center No line feed n 10 Right No line feed ESC b lt n gt ETX 1BH 62H amp 25 n 0 Print bar code 85 amp 39 n 1 n 0 Interleave 2 of 5 amp 12 n 2 n 1 Code 39 amp UP n 3 n 2 Code 128 amp EA n 4 n 3 UPC A amp UE n 5 n 4 EAN 13 amp E8 n 6 n 5 UPC E amp 93 n 7 n 6 EAN 8 n 7 Code 93 n 8 Codabar ESC c lt n gt 1BH 63H amp CL lt m1 gt Select color 57 ESC d lt n gt 1BH 64H amp FL lt mM1 gt lt M2 gt Feed lt n gt lines at current 38 spacing ESC g lt 0 gt 1BH 67H OOH amp GP Process user macro 84 ESC g lt 1 gt 1BH 67H 01H amp GS Start macro record 84 ESC g lt 2 gt 1BH 67H 02H amp GE Stop macro record 84 ESC g lt 3 gt 1BH 67H amp GW Stop
116. Red Black Green Black Blue OFF OFF OFF x x X ON ON ON ON OFF OFF x OFF ON OFF x OFF OFF ON x x x ON ON OFF x X X OFF ON ON x x X ON OFF ON x x x Table 57 Color Bits Received The Ithaca Windows print driver provides the translation from Windows color to the three color plains When a graphic is created for the POSjet 1000 Printer the colors used must take into account that colors other than the pen color will print black The Ithaca Windows driver helps adjust the color content and generates the desired print from a full color image Ithaca Windows print driver patent pending 06 01 00 Rev B Page 213 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Graphics POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Procedure for color horizontal graphics 1 Generate the graphic image in the program of your choice Use colors consistent with the two colors in the printer 2 Optionally process the color image with the Ithaca color image processor The program can print the image or generate a printable file Make sure the paper size you pick fits the printer 3 inches wide with 0 25 inch margins The POSjet 1000 print driver should be installed even if the printer is not connected Set up the print driver to print the graphic to a file using whatever resolution required Print the graphic image
117. SC d 1BH 64H Print and feed lt n gt lines 120 ESC e 1BH 65H Print and reverse feed lt n gt lines 121 ESC J 1BH 4AH Print and feed paper lt n gt vertical units 121 ESC K 1BH 4BH Print and reverse feed lt n gt x 1 144 inches 121 Line Spacing Commands Command Name Page ESC 2 1BH 32H Select default line spacing 1 6 Ipi 122 ESC 3 1BH 33H Set line spacing 122 Character Commands Command Name Page ESC SP 1BH 20H Set right side character spacing 122 ESC 1BH 25H Select cancel user defined character sets 123 ESC amp 1BH 26H Define user defined characters 123 ESC 1BH 3FH Cancel user defined characters 124 ESC R 1BH 52H Select an international character set ESC T 1BH 5BH Select character code table 126 54H ESC r 1BH 72H Select color 128 ESC t 1BH 74H Select character code table 129 ESC 1BH 21H Select print mode s 130 ESC 1BH 2DH Turn underline mode on off 130 ESC E 1BH 45H Turn emphasized mode on off 130 ESC G 1BH 47H Turn double strike mode on off 131 ESC 1BH 7BH Turn upside down printing mode on off 131 Panel Button Commands Command Name Page ESC c5 1BH 63H Enable disable panel buttons 133 35H Page 114 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide POSjet 1000 Supported
118. SCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Note 1 Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description 06 01 00 POSet 1000 Control Codes Overview Reset horizontal and vertical tab stops ESC R 1BH 52H lt 27 gt lt 82 gt amp PHV none The ESC R command resets horizontal and vertical tab stops to power up configuration The power up horizontal default is every eight spaces i e 9 17 25 etc The vertical default is every line Form Feed FF OCH lt 12 gt amp FF none The FF command performs a form feed to the top of the form The form feed command can be disabled by setting the form length to Zero Set top of form ESC 4 1BH 34H lt 27 gt lt 52 gt amp PTF ESC L The ESC 4 command sets the top of form to the current position Set form length in lines ESC C lt n gt 1BH 43H lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 67 gt lt n gt amp SL lt m gt lt m gt ESC C lt n gt The ESC C lt n gt command sets the form length to lt n gt lines at the current line spacing If the current page position is greater than the new page length the command also sets the current position as the top of form Rev B Page 39 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from T
119. The pointer position cannot be moved to the left of the left margin BS does not cause the buffer to be printed the following data is OR ed with the previous data Set horizontal tab HT 9H lt 10 gt The HT command moves the print position to the next horizontal tab position The command is used to align character columns The command is ignored unless another horizontal tab position has been set In TM200 mode the buffer must be set to 40 characters Set horizontal tab positions ESC D lt n gt lt n gt NUL 1BH 44H lt n gt lt n gt 00 lt 27 gt lt 68 gt lt n gt lt n gt lt 0 gt 1 lt n lt 255 0 lt k lt 32 The ESC D lt n gt lt n gt NUL command sets the horizontal tab positions lt n gt specifies the column number for setting a horizontal tab position The command deletes any previously set horizontal tab positions Up to 32 tab positions can be set The default tab positions are at intervals of eight characters for 7 x 9 font In TM200 mode the buffer must be set to 40 characters Rev B Page 137 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes Paper Sensor Commands Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description Page 138 POSet 1
120. TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes User Store and Macros Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Note 1 Page 84 POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Process user macro ESC g lt 0 gt 1BH 67H 00H lt 27 gt lt 103 gt lt 0 gt amp GP ESC g lt 0 gt The ESC g lt 0 gt command prints the user store data buffer Start macro record ESC g lt 1 gt 1BH 67H 01H lt 27 gt lt 103 gt lt 1 gt amp PGS ESC g lt 1 gt The ESC g lt 1 gt command clears the user store data buffer and begins recording data The next 2000 bytes including characters and commands are recorded Stop macro record ESC g lt 2 gt 1BH 67H 02H lt 27 gt lt 103 gt lt 2 gt amp GE ESC g lt 2 gt The ESC g lt 2 gt command stops recording user store data information The buffer is not saved into the nonvolatile memory Stop macro record and save ESC g lt 3 gt 1BH 67H 03H lt 27 gt lt 103 gt lt 3 gt amp GW ESC g lt 3 gt The ESC g lt 3 gt command stops recording graphic save information The buffer is saved into the user store nonvolatile memory under the name ESCg3_Save The ESC g lt 3 gt command is supplied for compatibility with the Series
121. aft or large draft fonts It however provides fewer characters per line and uses more ink per character than either draft font 13 0 O 18 LO wai wees 0 19 0000 0000 Figure 3 NLQ 24 x 16 Font In non Ithaca emulation modes only the draft and large draft fonts are available They provide a close approximation to the Epson 9 x 9 and 7 x 9 formats available in the TM200 model printer Rotated Print To provide printing flexibility rotated print is available Rotated print mode rotates the print in any of three 90 orientations In 90 and 270 rotated mode the print data is first buffered by the printer processed rotated and then printed Buffering the data delays the print process as it takes some time to process the data before it is printed In 180 mode the print is simply inverted Rotated print is not available for NLQ font or when the printer is in Epson mode Page 8 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 General Specifications Physical Specifications a E Dimensions Figure 4 Printer Dimensions Maximum Dimensions Without Knife With Knife Dimensions in inches
122. any given time the printer character set is comprised of 256 characters Each character is addressed by an 8 bit value generally referred to as a character code For example if you want to print an A it would be addressed by sending a lt 65 gt decimal to the printer Sixty five predefined code pages or character maps assign characters to a particular address built into the printer Occasionally an application needs to redefine a character or group of characters in a code page The POSjet 1000 Printer allows the map for any code page to be redefined or replaced The define character set command allows any character or group of characters to be replaced with any other printable character Over 500 printable master characters are defined in the printer For example to redefine the character map for the 35th character and replace it with internal master character 346 the redefine character set command is used as follows ESC S lt 3 gt lt 0 gt lt 35 gt lt 90 gt lt 1 gt NANANA NA NANANA 346 Character in the Master Set 1 256 90 35 Character 3 bytes to follow 0 256 3 The new map remains until the printer is power cycled or the character set is redefined The code page and character set commands completely redefine the table The OCR character set disable command ESC y lt 12 gt also restores the character set to the original definition 11 The internal character map is
123. ary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Corer EKEEEEKXEKKEKKEEKI eee Operator Panel Controls POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Using New Cartridge Button in Self Test Mode Test options can be accessed sequentially by using the NEW CARTRIDGE button 1 Press and hold the NEW CARTRIDGE button until the name of the desired test option prints you are now ready to perform the specific option that just printed 2 To perform the selected test press and release the NEW CARTRIDGE button Exiting Self Test Mode You can exit the self test mode at anytime by pressing the power button on the front of the printer Page 170 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Operator Panel Contols Using New Cartridge Button to Change POSjet Configurations The NEW CARTRIDGE button may be used to select configuration settings change those settings navigate through the configuration menu and save your specific configuration changes Repeatedly pressing the NEW CARTRIDGE button will allow you to select the desired configuration category When you arrive at the desired configuration category press and hold the NEW CARTRIDGE button to select or update the specific settings The following diagram provides a visual representation
124. ation Set gt Configuration Soft Power On Off Off Normal Operation Soft Power On On Off Color Alignment Soft Power On Off On Hex dump Print Soft Power On On On Not Defined Table 54 Extended Diagnostics Self Test Diagnostics Self test mode allows the printer to be tested to assure that it is working correctly A number of tests may be run Self test is entered by holding the NEW CARTRIDGEbutton during initial power on 06 01 00 Rev B Page 177 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Product Self Tests POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Receipt Test Receipt test prints a short receipt and is for the most part a demonstration It does however test the basic functions of the printer Graphic Test Graphic test prints an example of graphics printing and is for the most part a demonstration It does however test the basic functions of the printer Print Specification Test Print specification test prints a short specification for the printer Alignment Test Alignment test can be used to set the color alignment of the printer It prints a test pattern and then allows the black and color cartridges to be aligned with each other The NEW CARTRIDGE should be pressed quickly until the black and colored lines align The lines appear as follows when aligned correctly Note If the printer is not configured for tw
125. automatically goes off line Replacing a new paper roll restarts the printing When the paper roll near end sensor is disabled and a paper near end condition is detected during printing the paper out LED comes on but the printer continues to print lt n gt is defined as follows Bit On Off Hexadecimal Decimal Function Off 00H lt 0 gt Paper roll near end sensor disabled On 01H 02H 03H lt 1 gt lt 2 gt lt 3 gt Paper roll near end sensor enabled 7 00H lt 0 gt Undefined Table 29 Paper Sensor Commands Page 134 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSjet 1000 Contol Codes Paper Sensor Commands Function Select paper sensor s to output paper end signals ASCII ESC c 3 lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 63H 33H lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 99 gt lt 51 gt lt n gt Range 0 lt n lt 255 Description The ESC c 3 lt n gt command selects the paper sensor that outputs a paper end signal to the parallel interface when a paper end is detected The default setting is when all sensors are enabled lt n gt 15 It is possible to select multiple sensors to output signals If any of the sensors detect a paper end the paper end signal is output The command is only available with a parallel interface The paper end sensor is an option If the sensor is not equipped the
126. be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Function Response Where lt 20 gt lt n gt lt r gt lt r gt lt r gt lt r gt lt r gt lt r gt lt r gt 06 01 00 Printer Status Set Inquire Inquire all printer status ENQ lt 20 gt 05H 14H lt 5 gt lt 20 gt The ENQ lt 20 gt command returns all status flags ACK lt 20 gt lt n gt lt r gt lt r gt is the echo of command ID is the number of return bytes 40 28H to prevent confusion with XON XOFF bit 0 Cash Drawer 1 is open bit 1 Cash Drawer 2 is open bit 2 Receipt paper is out bit 3 0 bit 4 Receipt paper error occurred low or out bit 5 0 bit 6 1 always bit 7 0 always bit 0 1 always bit 1 Cover is closed bit 2 Buffer is empty bit 3 Printer has been power cycled which does not affect the state of the power cycled flag Use ENQ lt 11 gt to reset bit 4 Printer is waiting in an error mode bit 5 0 bit 6 1 always bit 7 0 always bit 0 1 always Receipt Station bit 1 0 bit2 0 bit 3 0 bit 4 Undefined bit 5 Printer is blocking print Cover is open or out of paper bit 6 1 always bit 7 0 always bit 0 Printer supports receipts bit 1 Printer supports inserted forms bit 2 Printer supports multiple colors
127. bsequent lines are rotated 180 and positioned at the opposite margin All normal fonts and modes are available in 180 rotated mode Format and font bits are ignored and the command remains in effect until rotation is cancelled with an end rotated print ESC r lt 0 gt or a station select command Note 1 The last line of print must end with a line terminator before the end rotated command is issued Any characters in the buffer that have not printed are printed un rotated when a line terminator is received Note 2 In EPOS mode the PJ1000 Printer does not fully implement page mode The ESC T lt n gt command functions identically to normal mode ESC r lt n gt except the definition of lt n gt is different Note 3 Use the ESC I lt n gt command to select two pass rotated font The font selection must be made before the rotate command Note 4 Only enhanced and emphasized attributes are available for formatted rotated print These attributes are not available on a character basis They affect all of the rotated text after the ESC r command Enhanced and emphasized attributes must be set before the ESC r command is issued Page 64 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSjet 1000 Rotated Print Summary Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL Function ASCII Hexadecima
128. by an acknowledged ACK or not acknowledged NAK the command ID and in some cases status The serial ACK or NAK responses are always uniform and followed with a command ID which makes the design of the host application easier because the response can be identified The printer always accepts serial data even when it is off line It is also possible to send inquire commands to the printer when it is off line Because inquire commands are processed before they go into the buffer the printer responds even when it is busy printing In serial mode it is desirable that the response to an inquiry be received by the host before another inquire command is issued to the printer When the printer receives an inquiry it generates a response If inquiries are sent to the printer too quickly the printer spends all of its time responding and does not have time to print Page 98 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Printer Status Set Inquire IEEE 1284 Mode Inquire In parallel IEEE 1284 mode status information can be returned to the host After the host makes an inquire request it activates IEEE 1284 mode 0 reverse channel and waits for a response from the printer The response to the inquire is identical to serial mode The printer always accepts IEEE 1284 reverse channel requ
129. cations link and interaction between the host computer and printer 9 ESC POS is a registered trademark of the Seiko Epson Corporation Page 28 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Overview Chapter 6 Tables and Charts Throughout this programmer s guide charts and tables list commands and features In most cases the charts cross reference the page that describes the command Commands are grouped by function and may be difficult to find To minimize the time it takes to find commands code summary charts arranged by code and function are provided PcOS Printer Control Codes The following section defines the POSjet 1000 Ithaca PcOS emulation The native Ithaca PcOS emulation provides the most flexibility and control over the printer It is consistent with most previous Ithaca PcOS products and should be used when the printer is placed in a new application The new feature in the POSjet 1000 Printer is the ability to print color graphics The control codes for color graphics are all new Due to the complexity of color graphics Ithaca provides several drivers to integrate into your application Ithaca does not recommend that you generate drivers In addition Ithaca has created several tools that can be used to generate and maintain graphic images and files for
130. channel then changes from reverse idle to reverse data available as the status changes The application must be careful in dynamic response mode that the dynamic responses are not left active when the reverse channel is closed If the dynamic responses are active when the reverse channel closes the output buffer overflows If data is in the buffer when dynamic responses are activated it will not be replaced by the current status If dynamic response is off and a buffer clear command is issued followed by activation of dynamic responses the buffer will contain fresh data If the buffer clear command is issued after the dynamic response is activated the buffer will be cleared and any unread responses will be lost Page 196 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Communication Protocol Parallel Port Plug and Play Microsoft Windows implements Plug and Play PnP by doing a special parallel IEEE 1284 inquire during boot The POSjet 1000 Printer responds to the inquiry if IEEE 1284 is active If the Windows PnP configuration flag is set in the printer IEEE 1284 will be active for all parallel port modes For example PnP in parallel mode forces IEEE 1284 For PnP to work the host must have an IEEE 1284 compatible port adapter and the cable used to connect to the printer must support all of t
131. cs Function Set horizontal position ASCII ESC n lt n gt lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 6EH lt n gt lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 110 gt lt n gt lt n gt IPCL amp PHP lt m gt lt m gt lt m3 gt EPOS ESC lt n gt lt n gt Description The ESC lt n gt lt n gt lt n gt command sets the print position to lt n gt lt n gt 256 06 01 00 Rev B Page 35 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Vertical Motion C Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Note 1 Note 2 Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Note 1 Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Note 1 Page 36 Perform a fine line feed ESC J lt n gt 1BH 4AH lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 174 gt lt n gt amp PFM lt m gt lt m gt lt m3 gt ESC J lt n gt The ESC J lt n gt command prints the contents of the buffer if any and performs a line feed of n 216 inch The default line spacing value is not changed The next character print position is reset to the left margin if the Auto CR mode is set In EPOS mode the command performs line feeds in n 144 inch increments Immediately after APA graphics the command is adjusted for the difference between 72 dpi graphics and 96 dpi print Se
132. ctual pass through mode If for example an ENQ command for cash drawer status is received by the printer the response is transmitted When pass through is active all data except the ENQ is passed The printer does not look for or act on any commands other than inquires 4 If pass through data is sent to the printer in continuous mode i e as fast as possible each ENQ character in the sequence delays the transmit data by one byte The printer buffer size is limited If the buffer overruns data will be lost 5 Modem handshake signals from the printer are not controlled during past through Their state is set by printer status Opening the cover toggles the control lines When the printer cover is open it accepts data including all ENQ commands If an ENQ is received when off line pass through is entered 6 Previously buffered data is processed by the printer in pass through mode Printer performance is degraded by the processing of pass through data 7 In 8 bit no parity mode data is passed through unaltered In all other modes the parity is checked stripped and then regenerated by the printer 8 Pass through has no affect on a printer in parallel mode 06 01 00 Rev B Page 15 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated General Specific ations POSjet 1000 Communications Interface Parallel Interface Ada
133. d IBM resolutions are 240 x 216 dpi 120 x 72 dpi and 60 x 72 dpi The POSjet 1000 Printer supports all three resolutions For good resolution with reasonable speed use 120 x 72 dpi 4 Print the graphic image to a file 5 Edit the resulting file to remove any unwanted form control and insert the POSjet 1000 form control 6 Make the resulting file available to your application so it can be sent to the printer when required Color Graphics The POSjet 1000 is a two color printer It is not a full color printer A full color printer forms the various colors of an image by mixing inks of different colors on the paper The amount of each color determines the hue Typically the paper is white and no ink produces a white dot Mixing yellow and cyan produces a red dot and mixing cyan magenta and yellow in equal amounts produces a black or gray dot If the printer has a forth cartridge it will be black The POSjet 1000 is a two color printer It has white the paper black an ink cartridge and one other premixed color a red cartridge for example The printer does not mix the inks on the paper It either leaves the paper color prints a black dot or a color dot To allow the POSjet Printer to use colors other than red the architecture of the color provides for the sending of three color plains to the printer Page 212 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole
134. ddanteseoaiaeds 24 Install the new adapter lt sc cdeew idee ae ee ae hee Sh se Re 24 Ordering Supplies sist tcesssaseedeieeenseyeSasegebtedes yi ebadesasdsnes eetasagayteanes A 25 PAE TE E ET E A T EE RET 25 Ink Cartridge Senice enres essnee suae e E Eea NES DEEE EL aS ES EE beani 25 Cable STen T e A E E e a a ai 26 Domestic and International power cables available Call for more information 26 MTA CS EN sass ce Se cee asa sa che ve sad gua tices E Sees ss paseo EE es S E GRS 27 Control Codes OVervie W vi ccaisteasicakcciesdandas cs andcescvaandajandadceaasdiaded aa tii ais aiii 27 Nomenclaturen ene nannca nnn pne Cate A A Cac Sag ae SEA 27 Sta dard Mari AU Onizy2 495 bsscsdvssasgodepsacexsteavesag vesncsdegesvgsau puss cots ee o a Eirgis tsis 28 PEL Godes A Sucar aan a a a a a 28 EPOS Emulation enisi esini pen riens ea E EEE EEE EEES ansia 28 Citizen SOOO Emulation rnrn an Sub Sivas a oi 28 Star PML AL OM eree a a a A E a a i aoa 28 Application Development sn iiie E E R E E E EET aes 28 Chapter 6 Tables and Charts ii sccscacscpeantas seaaccdacsaandus soataecaccctagesavaaaasacodanteaesaiae s 29 PCOS Printer Comrol Codes gcincastatiiuiccaigis o R R ENR 29 Quick PcOS Reference Chartissa aas eai nN Eiaa 30 Page iv Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Table of Contents
135. dditional features be configured and that Specific some features be configured in specific ways Options Epson The Epson TM 200 provides a wide print TM200 zone feature through switch settings Print Zone Several of the Citizen printers differ in print zone width Citizen Print zone The POSjet 1000 provides three selections in Citizen mode 40 Character 28 Character 23 Character Pitch Pitch is selectable only in the PCOS emulation The default font selects the pitch in all others Multidrop Only available in PCOS emulation Color Color is not available in M50 emulation Page Not available in Epson or Star emulations Length Cash Only available in PCOS emulation Drawer Time Table 55 Configurable Options Page 188 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Communication Protocol Chapter 10 Communication Protocol and Print Buffers The following figure illustrates the communication flow from host computer to printer and from printer to cash drawer Host to printer link aN Printer OSs A Gj Printer to cash drawer Figure 10 Typical POS System For the host to printer communication link the POSjet 1000 Printer supports serial or parallel communications The serial and parallel ports both follow standards developed for the
136. de of the print line Subscript is not available in all print modes Rev B Page 61 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Character Attributes Function End superscript or subscript ASCII ESC T Hexadecimal 1BH 54H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 84 gt IPCL amp SE EPOS none Description The ESC T command ends superscript or subscript Function Begin italics ASCII ESC G Hexadecimal 1BH 25H 47H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 37 gt lt 71 gt IPCL amp MI EPOS ESC 4 Description The ESC G command begins italic print mode Note Italics are not available in all print modes Function End italics ASCII ESC H Hexadecimal 1BH 25H 48H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 37 gt lt 12 gt IPCL amp CI EPOS ESC 5 Description The ESC H command ends italic print mode Page 62 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Print Rotation Print Rotation Commands Rotated print capabilities are available The print mode commands listed below rotate the print in any of three 90 orientations In 90 and 270 rotated mode the print data is first buffered by the printer processed rotated and then printed in one of
137. e lt 09H gt lt ffH gt means repeat ffH nine times and lt 02H gt lt 55H gt means repeat 55H two times In difference compression data is represented in byte pairs Compression The first byte is an index into the byte stream as it would exist if sent in an uncompressed format The second byte is the data that is different in the new scan line data Think of compression mode as The scan line is the same as the previous except for the byte at a specific position ESC h lt l gt lt 5 gt lt 254 gt lt 03H gt lt d5H gt lt 0bH gt lt 51H gt Where lt 03H gt lt d5H gt means use the previously transmitted scan line data but change byte 3 to a d5H and change byte 11 ObH to a 51H Same as previous Compression In same as previous compression the command does not contain any graphics data The command specifies that the printer is to use the previous scan line data for the current scan line ESC h lt 1 gt lt 1 gt lt 255 gt Rev B Page 75 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide User Store and Macros User Store Graphic Save The POSjet 1000 Printer maintains a 16K 16384 bytes section of flash memory to save user information The information can be either macros or user defined characters These groups of data are indexed by name and may be called up at any time after
138. e ESC 2 command sets the line spacing to 1 6 inch which is equivalent to 12 dots Set line spacing ESC 3 lt n gt 1BH 33H lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 51 gt lt n gt 0 lt n lt 255 The ESC 3 lt n gt command sets the line spacing to lt n gt x 1 144 inches The default setting of the paper feed amount is 1 6 inch lt n gt 24 The line spacing can be set in half dot units Character Commands Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description Page 122 Set right side character spacing ESC SP lt n gt 1BH 20H lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 32 gt lt n gt 0 lt n lt 255 The ESC SP lt n gt sets the right side character spacing in lt n gt x 1 160 inches It is used to change the spacing between characters The default right side character spacing is set to zero lt n gt 0 Right side character spacing can be set in half dot units Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description Note 1 Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description Note 1 06 01 00 Contol Codes EPOSCommand Descriptions POSjet 1000 Select cancel user defined character set ESC lt n gt 1BH 25H lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 37 gt lt n gt 0 lt n lt 255 The ESC lt n gt command selects or canc
139. e inquires may not be accepted Function Inquire Cash Drawer 1 status ASCII ENQ lt 1 gt Hexadecimal 05H 01H Decimal lt 5 gt lt I gt Function Cash Drawer 1 Status Response ACK lt 1 gt 06H 01H Cash Drawer 1 is closed NAK lt 1 gt 15H 01H Cash Drawer 1 is open Cash drawer status is defined as open circuit being drawer closed 06 01 00 Rev B Page 99 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes Printer Status Set Inquire Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Function Response Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Function Response Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Function Response Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Function Response Page 100 POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Inquire receipt paper low status ENQ lt 3 gt 05H 03H lt 5 gt lt 3 gt Receipt paper low ACK lt 3 gt 06H 03H NAK lt 3 gt 15H 03H Receipt paper is present Receipt paper is low Inquire receipt paper out status ENQ lt 4 gt 05H 04H lt 5 gt lt 4 gt Receipt paper exhausted ACK lt 4 gt 06H 04H NAK lt 4 gt 15H 04H Receipt paper is present Receipt paper is exhausted Inquire cover open status ENQ lt 8 gt 05H 08H lt 5 gt lt 8 gt Cover open closed status ACK lt 8 gt 06H 08H The cover is closed NAK lt 8 gt 15H 08H The cover is open Is the bu
140. e parameter is combined to form a value from zero to 99 If lt m gt is included the parameter is combined to be from zero to 999 If two values are specified there must be two bytes added to the IPCL code That is if the command specifies lt m gt lt m gt and the desired value is five it must be specified as 05 x All other characters in control strings represent ASCII characters For example ESC 1 represents 1BH followed by 31H In many cases applications require that control sequences be specified in hexadecimal or decimal codes In most cases commands are specified in ASCII hexadecimal and decimal The ASCII Code Table in Appendix B page 218 lists ASCII hexadecimal and decimal equivalents 06 01 00 Rev B Page 27 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Control Codes Overview POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Standard Emulation The standard control codes for the POSjet 1000 Printer are extensions and subsets of the PcOS IBM emulation provided on other Ithaca products In some cases an application designed for a Series 50 Printer with IBM code sets will function with a POSjet 1000 Printer IPCL Codes Ithaca Printer Control Language IPCL codes are part of PcOS and designed to control a printer without using control characters i e characters less than 20H Only the standard PcOS emulation supports IPCL
141. e data in the print buffer and does not feed the paper Print and feed lt n gt lines ESC d lt n gt 1BH 64H lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 100 gt lt n gt 0 lt n lt 255 The ESC d lt n gt command prints the data in the print buffer and feeds lt n gt lines The amount of paper fed per line is based on the value set using the line spacing command The maximum paper feed amount is 40 inches The default setting of the paper feed amount is 1 6 inch Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description 06 01 00 Contol Codes EPOSCommand Descriptions POSjet 1000 Print and reverse feed lt n gt lines ESC e lt n gt 1BH 65H lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 101 gt lt n gt 0 lt n lt 255 The ESC e lt n gt command prints the data in the print buffer and feeds lt n gt lines in the reverse direction The amount of paper fed per line is based on the value set using the line spacing command The maximum reverse paper feed amount is 48 144 inch The default setting of the paper feed amount is 1 6 inch Print and feed paper ESC J lt n gt 1BH 4AH lt
142. e steps 06 01 00 Rev B Page 23 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Control Codes Overview POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Changing Interface Adapters The interface adapter on the POSjet 1000 Printer can be changed in the field In most cases adapters are interchangeable without altering the printer firmware However you may have to load new firmware and or boot loader before you change the adapter Check with Technical Support for firmware compatibility between adapters before ordering See Contacting TransAct s Ithaca facility on page 2 Removing the Old Adapter SAD Rete Se oy Remove the old adapter Remove the power from the printer Turn over the printer Take care not to allow the cover to open or the paper to fall Disconnect the current communications and cash drawer cables If equipped remove the power supply by unsnapping the retainer and sliding out the power supply Disconnect the power supply from the adapter Remove the adapter retaining screw Slide the adapter sideways towards the power supply pocket and remove it Install the new adapter 1 DYN Oo Page 24 Slide the adapter into the printer Make sure the adapter sits flush with the retaining screw mounting bracket The retaining screw should also line up with the hole in the new adapter Install the retaining screw Rec
143. eature Configuration POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Preset Configuration General Description 17 1 20 or 24 characters per inch PCOS Only Code Sets The POSjet 1000 Printer supports the following code sets The setting defines only the default printer mode IBM Specifies code pages differently than Epson Any set can be selected as a default regardless of emulation However the selections through software are restricted by the emulation rE Pages 850 26 Multilingual Page 184 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Feature Configuration General Description Preset Configuration Code Sets 858 Multilingual Euro 860 28 Portugal 861 73 Icelandic 861 862 60 Hebrew NC 862 874 z Thailand 895 55 Kamenicky MJK 1008 38 Greek_437 1009 39 Greek_928 1015 23 ISO Latin 2 1017 25 Serbo Croatic II 1022 52 Windows Cyrillic 1024 54 Hungarian CWI 1026 56 ISO Latin 4 8859 4 1027 66 Ukrainian 1032 62 Windows Hebrew 1033 63 KBL Lithuanian 1034 68 Windows Baltic 06 01 00 Rev B Page 185 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Feature Configuration POSet 1000 Programmers Guide General Description Preset Configuration
144. ed above the bar code 32 32 10 Printed below the bar code 48 48 ila Ss gt Printed above and below the bar code E E Vertical print mode 0 00 0 Bar code printed in horizontal direction default 64 64 Hla Sos Ss Bar code printed in vertical direction The ESC EM J lt n gt command only affects bar code printing Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Misc ellaneous Miscellaneous Control Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Disable paper out sensor ESC 8 1BH 38H lt 27 gt lt 56 gt amp PPF none The ESC 8 command temporally disables the paper out sensor The printer does not stop printing or go off line when it senses it is out of paper The inquire commands still return paper out status Enable paper out sensor ESC 9 1BH 39H lt 27 gt lt 57 gt amp PO none The ESC 9 command enables paper sensing and is intended to reverse the effect of the disable paper out sensor command If the printer is out of paper when the command is issued it goes off line Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description 06 01 00 Set left right print margins ESC X lt n gt lt n gt 1BH 58H lt n gt lt n
145. edia Specifications ssisuresiiibneisieris ttan n beni he eave b aai eaae 11 Ink Caririd be OVervVie W roion ee n E E E E E E 11 Receipt Paper one ply receipt eeessssessesssrssssserssserersssrresrserresssereesssrressssees 11 Receipt Prinung ocenia Oe eee es el A E O R A 12 Receipt Printing Autocutter Position 0 cc eeesseeeeesesneeeeeseeeeeeessnaeeeeeseaaes 12 Autocutter Partial Cut Opuon radccoliee ascesereiin avg tases aueaeien set 12 Paper QUE ca snosiq iahcaneceatosavaban outegnatgnsn e r sande raa N as aeu ein EESE SE Sit 12 Paper LOW sacks sacs s dace aa aE AE teas AEE Aa EA E E A 12 Cash Drawer Drivers ii csiesccsezceesigecdecsigeanecetoestieen tiii iiine ai ia 12 Interface SSCP ON iraro en n a aE EE be EE E E R 13 Kitehen 6 10VA7 Ren ee nena Re ae Ree ae nor Re ene EA aa E EA a Baer Parone Re 15 06 01 00 Rev B Page iii The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Table of Contents POSet 1000 Programmer s Guide Cover TSO G Keg secre aes dacs as cacatacean ea wei teeta aed a clan a EE MaMa 15 Display P ss Throu et bi cisco oaanasliocs eE E E A A AA R 15 The Restrictions and Considerations for Pass through sseeceeeeeeeeeees 15 Communications NterfaC esnan a oe bites E E E E SEa 16 Parallel Interface Adapters isi ssissestessy yeas cetstestcvda vbangedesestendysbaseuae ren op ESEESE 16 Sienal
146. eee mare terse 112 JELIT aa TES T A EEA A ca daeemstaeand ec ieoen aden easseael 113 Supported TM 200 Commands 25 vs scncs sases sou spaace cases enue ogeacy aoe oeeevowass eoenevnds 114 TM200 ReStrictiOns sis sisisi estirado Eons oR ai EEr EEE AICE K sar ia aCA REN nance 116 Supported EPOS Commands siaceaste n nete r R ER ESA 117 TM200 and EPOS Command Descriptions ssseeeeseesssssseeeeeessssssseerreessssssee 120 06 01 00 Rev B Page v The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Table of Contents POSet 1000 Programmer s Guide Print and Peed omni a Siva dec cdiscayetasstasaeavaicaiasaususaeawancanckanaeiaasen sancntabndaatens 120 Line Spacng Command Sees tae cash Sica a chu coanewaae caueaeaes eae teae he enue tees 122 Character Command j si 4 stax ivcidecietadsshaueitaigediiactd Gaudi cas 122 International Character Setsaccisias ciciertielae wae ea aawatalee Ge neeas 125 Panel Button Com miandscysf3i5sbsncsdesesseszy yess solstestcosy vessgetaiarigndaeasceie oiean 133 Paper Sensor COmimiands lt 3 5142003 sence ceaxsacagacersenctavsegnad wiasneraestaadesenooamecnaieuen 134 lt n gt is defined as TONOWS s ssciecedeccisssassidesedacctibevesuiunedscccbucseceinentareabecvesedeeeass 134 Print Position COmmiands os scssq s25csaesessuszeseaedotaseaterss ern aer ESE EES Erea SE aean 136 Bit Image Commands 5 cso claasd sacdcacscnctauca
147. el Contols keypad layout diagram on page 171 for a more information regarding the power indicator light s location Using the Power Button Optimal Ink Cartridge Performance In order to take full advantage of the POSjet 1000 s ink cartridge management capabilities the printer should always be placed in standby mode before removing the AC power connection Use the POWER Button to turn the printer on and off TransAct strongly recommends that the printer should always remain connected to a power source When the printer is turned on the power indicator light will change to green The operational state of the POSjet can be determined by looking at the power indicator light LED If the AC power source is disconnected without first entering standby mode the cartridge s life span may be degraded by drying ink on the metallic connector surface Leaving the printer without AC power for extended periods of time 120 hrs or more will allow residual ink to plug the print nozzles The POSjet has been designed to minimize the amount of ink drying by integrating a print nozzle wiper blade system with the functionality of the power button Using the POWER button to alternate between low power standby mode and operational mode automatically initiates the nozzle wiping system thus ensuring the longevity of your ink cartridges Additionally standby mode also prepares various printer components for periods of inactivity placing each in positions
148. elect color 57 ESC C lt n gt Set form length in lines 39 ESC c 3 lt n gt Select paper sensor s to output paper end signals 135 ESC c 4 lt n gt Select paper sensor s to stop printing 134 ESC c 5 lt n gt Enable disable paper feed 133 ESC d lt n gt Feed lt n gt lines at current spacing 38 ESC d lt n gt Print and feed lt n gt lines 120 ESC D lt n gt lt n2 gt lt n gt lt ni gt 0 Set horizontal tab stops 34 ESC D lt n gt lt n gt NUL Set horizontal tab positions 137 ESC e lt n gt Print and reverse feed lt n gt lines 121 ESC E lt n gt Turn on off emphasized mode 130 ESC E Begin emphasized print 61 ESC F End emphasized print 61 ESC g lt 0 gt Process user macro 84 ESC g lt 1 gt Start macro record 76 84 ESC g lt 2 gt Stop macro record 77 84 ESC g lt 3 gt Stop macro record and save 84 ESC G lt n gt Turn on off double strike mode 131 ESC G Begin enhanced print 60 ESC h lt color gt lt length gt lt format gt lt data gt Process color graphics 73 ESC h lt color gt lt length gt lt format gt lt data gt Process horizontal graphics 73 ESC H End enhanced print 60 ESC I lt n gt Set print quality mode 44 ESC i Partial knife cut 151 ESC J lt n gt Fine line feed 36 ESC J lt n gt Print and feed paper 121 ESC j Print and reverse feed 121 ESC K lt n gt Print and reverse feed lt n gt li
149. els the user defined character set When the least significant bit LSB of lt n gt is one the user defined character set is selected When lt n gt is zero the internal character set is selected which is the default setting In TM200 mode the command only functions if the buffer is set to 40 characters Define user defined characters ESC amp lt y gt lt c gt lt c gt X d d y x X1 Xk d d y x X9 1BH 26H y c cp xi d d y x X1 Kk di dy x Xp lt 27 gt lt 38 gt y c Co ki d d y x X1 Xx di d y x X y 2 32 lt c e lt 126 0 lt x lt 12 9 x 9 font 0 lt x lt 9 7x9 font O lt d d y x x lt 255 The ESC amp lt y gt lt c gt lt c gt x d d y x X1 Kk di d y x x command defines user defined characters from character code lt c gt to lt c gt lt y gt and lt x gt are the configurations of user defined characters lt y gt specifies the number of bytes in the vertical direction lt x gt specifies the number of bytes in the horizontal direction Character codes ranging from ASCII code 20H 32 to 7EH 126 can be defined by lt c gt and lt c gt Up to 19 user defined characters can be defined Data lt d gt specifies a bit printed to one and not printed to zero At the default user defined characters are not defined and the internal character set is printed Once the user defined characters have been defined they are a
150. ent is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Communication Protocol Flow Chart 2 illustrates how the print control software takes data from the buffer and controls flow At the top of the chart the print control software asks for data If there is no data in the buffer a no data flag is returned The print software must then wait for data If there is data in the buffer it is read and the pointers are updated The buffer is then checked to see how much information is left If the buffer is below a low watermark about 100 bytes left the communication driver is notified and DTR is reasserted When XON XOFF flow control is used the flow is similar to DTR flow except that DTR is not used and XON XOFF control characters are transmitted back to the host on the serial link The XON XOFF advantage is that only three wires are required to interconnect to a printer The disadvantage is that a serial port receiver driver must be written for the host The print controller needs data to print ora command to decode Loop through idle task and then look for more data Is there any data in the buffer Return to print controller with no data available Yes Acquire data from the buffer Move buffer pointers to the next data byte Is the buffer Set DTR or transmit below the low XON watermark
151. er Maximum 4 0 0000 No change The maximum height and width multiplier is four Rev B Page 59 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Character Attributes Function Begin underline ASCII ESC lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 2DH 01H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 45 gt lt n gt IPCL amp PMU Begin IPCL amp CU End EPOS ESC lt n gt Description The ESC lt 1 gt command begins underline print mode All subsequent text leading spaces and trailing spaces are underlined ESC lt 0 gt ends the mode Note 1 In EPOS mode ESC lt n gt performs a similar function however near letter quality NLQ is not available Where n Bits 76543210 Function enman Underline a pS Double wide a aa Double high Hann X Font 1 Large Draft 0 Draft Function Begin enhanced print ASCII ESC G Hexadecimal 1BH 47H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 71 gt IPCL amp ME EPOS ESC G lt 1 gt Description All subsequent text is printed in enhanced print mode two passes with a vertical offset Enhanced printing provides a deeper resolution of each character and may enhance multiple part forms printing Function End enhanced print mode ASCII ESC H Hexadecimal 1BH 48H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 72 gt IPCL amp CE EPOS ESC G lt 0 gt Description The ESC H command cancels enhanced print mode and r
152. er not present 7 Off 00H lt 0 gt Not used fixed to off Table 43 Paper Roll Sensor Status lt n gt 4 06 01 00 Rev B Page 147 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Status Commands Bar Code Commands Function Set bar code height EPOS ONLY ASCII GS h lt n gt Hexadecimal 1DH 68H lt n gt Decimal lt 29 gt lt 104 gt lt n gt Range 1 lt ns lt 255 Default 0 90 inch high Description The GS h lt n gt command sets the height of the bar code The bar code height is set to n 180 inch Function Print bar code EPOS ONLY ASCII GS k lt m gt lt d gt lt d gt NUL Hexadecimal 1DH 6BH lt m gt lt d gt lt d gt 00 Decimal lt 29 gt lt 107 gt lt m gt lt d gt lt d gt 0 2ASCII GS k lt m gt lt n gt lt d gt lt d gt Hexadecimal 1DH 6BH lt m gt lt n gt lt d gt lt d gt Decimal lt 29 gt lt 107 gt lt m gt lt n gt lt d gt lt d gt Range 10 lt m lt 6 kand d depend on the bar code system used 265 lt m lt 73 n and d depend on the bar code system used Description The GS k lt m gt lt d gt lt d gt NUL command selects a bar code system and prints the bar code Bar Code Number of Remarks System Characters 1 o UPCA 11 lt
153. er s Guide Contol Codes Character Pitch POSjet 1000 Character Pitch Character pitch commands that set specific characters per inch cpi disable any right side spacing set by the ESC V lt n gt command In addition when font changes are made the character pitch is maintained Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description 06 01 00 Begin 10 cpi character pitch DC2 12H lt 18 gt amp F3 ESC SP lt n gt The DC2 command sets 9 905 characters per inch print pitch Begin 12 cpi character pitch ESC 1BH 3AH lt 27 gt lt 58 gt amp F2 ESC SP lt n gt The ESC command sets 12 235 characters per inch print pitch Begin 17 cpi character pitch SI OFH lt 15 gt amp F1 ESC SP lt n gt The SI command sets 17 333 characters per inch print pitch Begin 24 cpi character pitch ESC SI 1BH OFH lt 27 gt lt 15 gt amp PF4 ESC SP lt n gt The ESC SP command sets 23 111 characters per inch print pitch Rev B Page 41 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide Contol Codes POSjet 1000 Character Pitch
154. ermission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes Status Commands Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description Where lt n gt Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Description Page 154 POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Real time request to printer DLE ENQ lt n gt 10H 05H lt n gt lt 16 gt lt 5 gt lt n gt lt n gt 0 2 The DLE ENQ lt n gt command responds to a request from the host computer specified by lt n gt as shown below The command is also executed when the printer is disabled When the printer stops printing due to a paper end condition lt n gt O is only effective when the printer is waiting for on line recovery from the time the paper roll is inserted to the time the printer goes on line The on line recovery wait time is confirmed by the printer status of ASB or the DLE EOT command lt n gt 2 is only effective when a recoverable error occurs The printer can recover from an error without turning off the power Whether an error occurs or not can be confirmed by the ASB status or the error status of the DLE EOT command 0 Recovers to on line 2 Recovers from an error after clearing the receive and print buffers Set on line recovery wait time TM200 ONLY GS z 0 lt t gt lt t gt 1DH 7AH 30H lt t gt lt t gt lt 29 gt lt 122 gt lt 48 gt lt t gt lt tr gt 0 lt tl lt 255 0 lt t
155. error is not operator recoverable a power cycle may correct the problem If a power cycle does not correct the fault the printer must be serviced Paper Indicator LED The paper indicator signals the paper status If the printer is equipped with a paper low option the paper indicator will blink when the paper is low The low sensor is adjustable and the amount of paper remaining is dependent on the adjustment If the paper indicator is lit with the error indicator the printer is out of paper The printer stops printing and waits for the paper to be changed Cartridge Indicators LED left and right The printer has two print cartridge indicators that signal the print cartridge status The right indicator is for the right cartridge and the left indicator for the left cartridge If the printer is a single color printer the left cartridge indicator is used In most cases the left cartridge is black and the right is a highlight color Cartridge is low on ink 1 Blink pause Cartridge has been removed Blinking error Note 1 If both heads are low the NEW CARTRIDGE button only needs to be pressed once however both heads must be changed Page 172 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Operator Panel Contols Understanding Fault Indicators The error indicator is the primary faul
156. es Incorporated Contol Codes Miscellaneous Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Function Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Function Description Where lt n gt lt n gt lt n3 gt Page 92 POSet 1000 Programmer s Guide Audio alert BEL 07H lt 7 gt amp BL BEL When enabled the BEL command starts the audio alert sequence The default is a single sound lasting the period of time defined by the audio alert setting If the audio alert is off it does not function Configure audio alert ESC BEL lt n gt lt n gt lt n3 gt 1BH 07H lt n gt lt n gt lt n3 gt lt 27 gt lt 7 gt lt n gt lt n gt lt n3 gt None None The ESC BEL lt n gt lt n gt lt n3 gt command alters the way the audio alert sounds The default is a single sound lasting the period of time defined by the audio alert setting The ESC BEL lt n gt lt n gt lt n gt command allows the sound to be altered is the number of alert cycles is the on time of the alert cycle in ten Ms intervals is the off time of the alert cycle in ten Ms intervals Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 Note
157. ests but does not accept inquire commands when off line It is possible to obtain status when off line by placing the printer in dynamic response mode before the printer goes off line The IEEE 1284 reverse channel responds to status changes even when the printer is off line It is also possible to configure the printer so it does not go off line in most cases Power off paper out and faults always generate off line status Dynamic Response Mode Dynamic status ESC w lt n gt can be used to allow the host to sense status changes without sending repeated inquire commands The dynamic response operation varies depending on the configuration of the printer If the printer is configured for serial or IEEE 1284 operation more than one status can be sensed because the printer responds to status changes as if an inquire were issued In parallel mode only one status should be requested If more than one bit is active the resulting status on the PE signal is not defined The response to dynamic status is the same as an inquire command That is if cash drawer status is to be sensed the ACK NAK is the same as for inquire commands Inquire Commands Function Inquire printer status ASCII ENQ lt n gt Hexadecimal 05H lt n gt Decimal lt 5 gt lt n gt IPCL none EPOS GS r or DLE ENQ or DLE EOT Description The ENQ lt n gt command inquires about the printer s status and returns a result Note 1 When the printer is off lin
158. et Enabled Cash Drawer Cash drawer fire time can be adjusted from 10 to 250 mS 250 m5 Page 182 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Feature Configuration Preset Configuration General Description Color The color and presence of the second pen can be Options configured Pens and Colors Black Only Single pen carriage Vertical Control Line The line spacing can be defaulted to Spacing 6 or 8 lines per inch lpi Auto An auto line feed feature can be set as a default where all Line Feed CR s have a LF added In addition a CR is added toa Carriage LF and the CR or LF can be configured to be ignored Return Normal CR LF actions Both are processed PcOS Ignore all LF characters Ignore all CR characters Add a LF to all CR characters Add a CR to all LF characters Add a CR to all LF characters and add a LF to all CR characters Page The default page length can be set to various lengths from Length 2 to 60 lines Page length configuration affects how the FF command operates 40 Fonts Mode 12 x 14 large draft or 24 x 32 NLQ modes 24 x 32 NLQ 06 01 00 Rev B Page 183 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated F
159. et vertical tab stops 38 lt N3 gt lt ni gt 0 ESC C lt n gt 1BH 43H amp SL lt m gt lt M2 gt Set form length in lines 39 ESC C NUL lt n gt 1BH 43H amp SI lt M1 gt lt M2 gt Set form length in inches 40 ESC D lt n gt lt n gt 1BH 44H none Set horizontal tab stops 34 lt n gt lt 0 gt ESC E 1BH 45H amp MM Begin emphasized print 61 ESC F 1BH 46H amp CM End emphasized print 61 ESC G 1BH 47H amp ME Begin enhanced print 60 ESC H 1BH 48H amp CE End enhanced print 60 ESC lt n gt 1BH 49H amp QT n 0 Select print quality mode 44 amp QU n 1 n 0 Draft 12 x 12 amp QL n 2 n 1 Large draft 12 x 14 amp QS n 3 n 2 NLQ 24 x 16 n 3 NLQ 24 x 16 n 4 7 Repeats 0 3 ESC J lt n gt 1BH 4AH amp FM lt m gt lt m2 gt lt m gt Perform a fine line feed 36 ESC K lt n gt lt n2 gt 1BH 4BH none Print single density 68 graphics lt Nn gt 0 255 lt N2 gt 0 3 len lt n gt 256 lt n2 gt ESC L lt ni gt lt n2 gt 1BH 4CH none Print half speed double 69 density graphics ESC P lt n gt 1BH 50H amp RI Rotated font See 45 amp RF command description amp RN ESC R 1BH 52H amp HV Reset horizontal and vertical 35 tab stops ESC S lt 0 gt 1BH 53H OOH amp SP Select superscript 61 ESC S lt 1 gt 1BH 53H 01H amp SB Select subscript 61 Page 108 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in w
160. eturns information about the contents of and available space in user store A configuration option is available that locks the user store data The configuration option prevents the occurrence of new user store data operation until the lock is manually reset and accidental deletion of the saved information The user defined character buffer and or user data buffer may be redefined and used but cannot be stored Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide Contol Codes User Store and Macros POSjet 1000 User Store Commands Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description 06 01 00 Begin named macro record ESC US b lt Name gt lt 0 gt 1BH 1FH 62H lt 27 gt lt 31 gt lt 98 gt amp PUB lt Name gt lt 0 gt none The ESC US b lt Name gt lt 0 gt command erases the current macro initializes the macro buffer structure and redirects the following data to the macro buffer It uses the lt Name gt field as a reference If the name already exists in the flash user store the command is ignored The command must be followed by the End name macro record command with the same name If the data that follows is larger than the macro buffer about 16K the macro definition is terminated wi
161. eturns to the currently selected font Page 60 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Note 1 Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Note 06 01 00 Contol Codes Character Attributes POSjet 1000 Begin emphasized print mode ESC E 1BH 45H lt 27 gt lt 69 gt amp MM ESC E lt 1 gt The ESC E command begins emphasized print mode one pass with horizontal offset Emphasized print is bolder than normal print End emphasized print mode ESC F 1BH 46H lt 27 gt lt 70 gt amp CM ESC E lt 0 gt The ESC F command cancels emphasized print mode Select superscript ESC S lt 0 gt 1BH 53H 00H lt 27 gt lt 83 gt lt 0 gt amp PSP none The ESC S lt 0 gt command selects superscript The following characters are printed half size on the upper side of the print line Superscript is not available in all print modes Select subscript ESC S lt 1 gt 1BH 53H 01H lt 27 gt lt 83 gt lt 1 gt amp SB none The ESC S lt 1 gt command selects subscript The following characters are printed half size on the bottom si
162. ffer empty Clear the IEEE 1284 buffer ENQ lt 9 gt 05H 09H lt 5 gt lt 9 gt The ENQ lt 9 gt command allows the host to know when the print buffer is empty If IEEE 1284 is active the command also clears the response buffer ACK lt 9 gt 06H 09H NAK lt 9 gt 15H 09H The buffer is empty The buffer is not empty Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Function Response Description Note 1 06 01 00 Printer Status Set Inquire Request printer reset ENQ lt 10 gt 05H OAH lt 5 gt lt 10 gt Reset printer Serial Parallel ACK lt 10 gt 06H OAH No response The command was accepted NAK lt 10 gt 15H OAH The command was rejected The ENQ lt 10 gt EPOS DLE ENQ lt n gt commands and the INIT pin all have the same effect and are referred to as reset commands To prevent data loss the printer tries to finish printing the buffered data When operator intervention with the printer is required for any reason data loss results The reset operation is saved until the printer goes idle In the case of a slip request command or any command that waits for the operator the printer is idle If the printer is idle and a reset command is received or pending the printer resets and the buffer c
163. g position Above bar code Both above and below the bar code Table 45 Printing Position of HRI Characters Function Select font for HRI characters EPOS ONLY ASCII GS f lt n gt Hexadecimal 1DH 66H lt n gt Decimal lt 29 gt lt 102 gt lt n gt Range lt n gt 0 1 48 49 Description The GS f lt n gt command selects a font for the HRI Human Readable Interpretation characters used when printing a bar code lt n gt selects a font from the following table lt n gt Font 0 48 Font A 14 x 12 1 49 Font B 12 x 12 Table 46 Font for Human Readable Interpretation HRI Characters Page 150 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide Contol Codes Status Commands POSjet 1000 Mechanism Control Commands Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Description Function Select cut mode and cut paper GS V lt m gt lt n gt 1DH 56H lt m gt lt n gt lt 29 gt lt 86 gt lt m gt lt n gt When lt m gt 1 or 49 lt n gt is not used and a partial cut is performed When lt m gt 66 GS V lt m gt lt n gt executes a partial cut one point left uncut after paper is fed cutting positio
164. ge 06 01 00 Rev B Page 21 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Control Codes Overview POSet 1000 Programmers Guide When You Have Two Ink Cartridges The POSjet 1000 is available in single or dual cartridge configurations Several physical differences exist between the single and dual cartridge printers The most obvious is the ability to install two ink cartridges in a dual cartridge printer The second and less obvious is the dual wiper in a dual cartridge printer For the printer to operate correctly the firmware needs to know how many cartridges are installed and the color of the second cartridge Carriage Left Pen Right Pen Wiper Configurations Configuration Single Black Not Used Fixed Black Only Dual Color Ready Black Not Used Dual Black None Dual Black Red Dual Black Red Dual Black Green Dual Black Green Dual Black Blue Dual Black Blue Dual Black Custom Dual Black Red Green or Blue Table 11 Carriage Configurations NOTE If a single cartridge printer is configured for dual operation the printer will not function because the second cartridge is not installed If a dual cartridge printer is configured as a single cartridge printer the dual wiper mechanism will not function If only a single cartridge is installed in a dual cartridge carriage the printer mus
165. gecadananncsasseancdawteseetauneasewseneoanessaianes 140 Status Command 3 2 lt ciicsi ssasssnascdevesevcigesassadnecd evasbuannecdbccduseebesaacadevedavedbeanssadevenss 141 Beak OCS C mmandS ett hx hectic Gears das oh E ee haces gate oocytes 148 Mechanism Control Commands eeesscccccceeeeeeeeennneeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeeeeeee 151 Miscellaneous omimiand n 500 45s scesessun tsa actaceai sient asc sacs eae eens 152 Macro Function Commands iii s ccccesasasatsssscasdevesaeadsansataccacseeedaiasaaateancdiagesevaace 155 User defined Memory Commands 2 405343 nesietiniiendiianasiaeiedasigaess 156 Ithaca Specific Commands 5 6 9 s0ssc i55 shedeieaces eiydaaeeSeadaaus uindeceed Wares iei pris syes 161 Star GOCE Sicesasdse cated seccneaadanss aunsceastuadaaeic A A S 162 Star Command Summary ws j csccsecsiessenvecsccaesaasaesdethccassedusiadeeascaeavesteaveyaahenass 162 Citizen COGS oat cach ane ale a e wae esau el Rebates wus a aa 165 Citizen Command Summary a iidc Gas sicesaasieea eecdacnsaaiiae Gea eada dada raactienaaa teens 165 MOAT 2 a es ee GN E E E T saa ec oe tesa facta E eis aitine ha eae shane ET E EA 166 Operator Panel Controls si ieissces sareecitearsted cred eetnstd ii asi E E Ts 166 Keypad Over vie Weenie es en E eere Ea E aa ea A a EES 166 POSTER M VOQO BUNS Ar dere eats ee Nasco E EE 166 POWTER LOM OEREIN EA T Aas age eae head agoeaeenae aiseael 166 Osing the Power Es MUO Mg acs e ease a eaaa EA sass EE E A 167 Optimal Ink Ca
166. ged ACK response to a strobe signal Standard personal computer parallel port hardware implements an interrupt on the ACK signal to make flow control easier Some systems may wish to change the details of how the strobe busy and acknowledged signals interact The parallel port option features define how the strobe busy and acknowledged signals operate In normal mode the printer follows the standard Centronics parallel port conventions With Options 1 and 3 the acknowledged and busy signals change simultaneously which is sometimes referred to as ack after busy Options 2 and 3 force busy high on the rising edge of the strobe which is sometimes referred to as busy while strobe timing In all cases the data is latched on the rising edge of the strobe In most cases the normal timing mode gives the best results 06 01 00 Rev B Page 193 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Communication Protocol POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Data x x x x Vy B STB t2 t4 BUSY ACK ACK while BUSY t5 ACK ACK in BUSY ACK ACK after BUSY Figure 14 Parallel Port ACK Timing Options Legend Time Interval Minimum Maximum ti DATA Setup to STB 0 5 uS t2 STB Width 0 5 uS 500 uS t3 DATA Hold after STB 0 5 uS t4 BUSY Delay after STB 0 0 5
167. gt lt 27 gt lt 88 gt lt n gt lt n gt none ESC 1 ESC Q The ESC X lt n gt lt n gt command sets left and right print margins in characters from the home position Where n left margin and n right margin the absolute position depends on the current print pitch If the left and right margins are set to the right of the current horizontal position the new margins become valid in the same line If the left margin is set to the left of the current horizontal position and the right margin set to the right of the current horizontal position the right margin setting becomes valid in the same line but the left margin setting becomes valid in the next line When the left and right margins are set to the left of the current horizontal position both left and right margin settings appear to become valid in the next line because an auto CR is performed by the subsequent data Rev B Page 89 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes Miscellaneous POSjet 1000 Programmers Guide Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Clear print buffer CAN 18H lt 24 gt amp RP CAN The CAN command clears the print buffer and any un printed information in the printer received before it If the input buffer is not being processed because the printer is out of paper or a form is
168. gt lt 121 gt lt n gt The ESC y lt n gt command is the same as the POSjet 1000 standard mode command It is not intended for use by the user in EPOS mode It is present to allow remote diagnostics to force the printer into specific modes and enable extended diagnostics Enable extended diagnostics ESC lt n gt 1BH 7EH lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 126 gt lt n gt The ESC lt n gt commands are extended diagnostics commands They must be preceded with an enabling command These commands are not intended to be used by the end user Rev B Page 161 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Star Codes The following section lists the Star codes that are supported by the POSjet 1000 Printer They are as close as possible to a Star printer TransAct Technologies Inc has no control over how Star extends or changes these control codes and makes no guarantees as to the operation of its printer when it replaces a Star printer The Star emulation is intended to make it as easy as possible to replace a Star printer with a POSjet 1000 Printer but the user must remember that the POSjet 1000 Printer is not designed as a drop in replacement for a Star printer If possible the application should be changed to take advantage of the additional features in the standard POSjet
169. gual Page 3 PC860 Portuguese Page 4 PC863 Canadian French a R o Mms o Page 5 PC865 Nordic 255 Page 255 Space page 06 01 00 Table 26 Character Code Table Rev B Page 129 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes EPOS Command Descriptions POSjet 1000 Programmer s Guide Function Select print mode s ASCII ESC lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 21H lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 33 gt lt n gt Range 0 lt n lt 255 Description The ESC lt n gt command selects print modes using lt n gt as follows The default character font is 7 x 9 The defaults for the other print modes are set to lt n gt 1 Bit Off On Hexadecimal Decim Function al 0 Off 00H lt 0 gt Select 9 x 9 character font On 01H lt 1 gt Select 7 x 9 character font 1 2 Undefined 3 Off 00H lt 0 gt Emphasized mode is not selected On 08H lt 8 gt Emphasized mode is selected 4 Off 00H lt 0 gt Double height mode is not selected On 10H lt 16 gt Double height mode is selected 5 Off 00H lt 0 gt Double wide mode is not selected On 20H lt 32 gt Double wide mode is selected Undefined Off 00H lt 0 gt Underline mode is not selected On 80H lt 128 gt Underline mode is selected Table 27 Print Modes Function Turn on
170. h the 12 digits sent to it and generates the check digit If fewer than 12 digits are sent the remaining digits will be zeros The printer prints an EAN 13 bar code that is about 130 the size of the nominal standard which provides optimal readability EAN 8 EAN 8 is a fixed length numeric continuous code that employs four element widths The printer supports EAN 8 which is a superset of UPC that encodes seven digits The printer prints an EAN 8 bar code with the seven digits sent to it and generates the check digit If fewer than seven digits are sent the remaining digits will be zeros The printer prints an EAN 8 bar code that is about 130 the size of the nominal standard which provides optimal readability Code 93 Code 93 is a variable length alphanumeric bar code The complete data field is printed by the printer Due to space limitations only 12 characters can be printed Codabar Codabar is a variable length format primarily used for numeric symbols It offers 16 data characters including the numeric digits zero through nine and and Four unique start stop characters designated A B C and D are also available Due to space limitations only 12 characters can be printed Note 1 A CR may also be used in place of the ETX to end the bar code data field Note 2 Only information that is usable in a particular bar code will be printed 06 01 00 Rev B Page 87 The content of this document is proprietary
171. half speed allowing full and half dots to be printed Print full speed double density graphics 120h x 72v dpi ESC Y lt n gt lt n gt 1BH 59H lt n gt lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 89 gt lt n gt lt n gt none The ESC Y lt n gt lt n gt command prints lt n gt 256 lt n gt bytes of double density graphics 120 dpi at full speed with no consecutive dots The mode is generally used to print 120h by 144v dpi resolutions in two passes Print quad density graphics 240h x 72v dpi ESC Z lt n gt lt n gt 1BH 5AH lt n gt lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 90 gt lt n gt lt n gt none The ESC Z lt n gt lt n gt command prints lt n gt 256 lt n gt bytes of quad density graphics 240 dpi at half speed with no consecutive dots The mode is generally used to print 240h by 144v dpi resolutions in two passes Rev B Page 69 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide Contol Codes POSet 1000 Graphic Mode Exten APA Graphi Function Print graphics in mode lt m gt 60h 120h 240h x 72v dpi ASCII ESC lt m gt lt n gt lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 2AH lt m gt lt n gt lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 42 gt lt m gt lt n gt lt n gt IPCL none Description The ESC lt m gt lt n gt lt n gt command selects one of three graphic modes as specified by lt m gt Where
172. haracter Substitution Matrix ccccccccccceeeeesssnnneceeeeeeeeeesennnaeeeeeeeeeeeeees 51 Table 21 OCR MA Zurro a na n a a a a a a Ta aata eenias 56 Tabl 22TM200 Restrictions oie i he r E EE A CEE OE neh EE AEE 116 Table 23 Command Support for Various Epson Printers seeessssseeeserereesereressererssseee 116 Table 24 International Character Sets sss c zssesscazsseasscadsenscoseness auntie steve anasgeaseuededavesdeseasee 125 Table 25 Character Code Pagese mirisni aoieanna a pipiens 127 Table 26 Character Code Table s sssis cssecctaccigeavssaaunedacctbsavevadbneis ccebvsaeeaiunatnseabeavesadveane 129 Table 27 Print WOES yds cael ie ne tices eas ee E aes E dee aa EN 130 Table 28 Rotation Modes rererere ote saqses aenveaeg cusage anA va EE EES AANST TEBESA san 131 Table 29 Paper Sensor Commands sssseeeeeeeseessseeeeeeesssssseerreetssssssserrreersssssserrreeess e 134 Table 30 Paper Sensor Commands sssseeeeeeesssssseeeeeeesssssseerreerrsssssserereresssssseerreeees 135 Table 3l Print Density Selections 2 22 e cee cacsee inaina R ode ese ee 140 Table 32 Automatic Status Back ASB Values for lt 1 gt cccccccseeeeeeccceeeeeeeaeeeees 141 Table 33 Automatic Status Back ASB First Byte Printer Information 142 Table 34 Automatic Status Back ASB Second Byte Error Information 142 Table 35 Automatic Status Back ASB Third Byte Paper Sensor Information 143 Table 3
173. he flash user store area It uses the lt Name gt field as a reference name If the name already exists in the flash user store the command does not store the data Save user defined characters ESC US c lt Name gt lt 0 gt 1BH 1FH 63H lt 27 gt lt 31 gt lt 99 gt amp PUC lt Name gt lt 0 gt GS 6 lt Name gt lt 0 gt is from one to 15 characters and must be null terminated The ESC US c lt Name gt lt 0 gt command saves the current user defined character structure in the flash user save storage area It uses the lt Name gt field as a reference If the name already exists in the flash user store the command will not store the data Load item from user store ESC US 1 lt Name gt lt 0 gt 1BH 1FH 6CH lt 27 gt lt 31 gt lt 108 gt amp UL lt Name gt lt 0 gt GS 0 lt Name gt lt 0 gt is from one to 15 characters and must be null terminated The ESC US 1 lt Name gt lt 0 gt command loads the referenced item into the appropriate structure If the item referenced is a user defined character set it is loaded into the current user character definition which does not affect the active state of user defined characters If it is a macro it is loaded into the macro buffer but it is not inserted into the data stream ESC g lt 0 gt inserts the macro buffer into the data stream If the named item does not exist the command does nothing Rev B 06 01 00 The conten
174. he interface signals The Plug and Play response follows Device ID string Manufacturer TransAct CMD PJ1000CL IPCL CLS PRINTER MDL S1000 PcOS DES TransAct POSjet 1000 REV 02 00 OPTS 9xyz PnP ID LPTENUM TransAct S 1000_PcECB3 Device Ithaca POSjet 1000 Device Class Printer The OPTS field is always OPTS 2X YZ Where X is a model definition X and Y are bit fields that designate the options attached to the printer Bito Printzone Bit FO Undefined Knife module attached Undefined Bit O E EE Bis OBES Sf Bits6 7 Of Bits6 7_ FO 06 01 00 Rev B Page 197 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Communication Protocol POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Flow Control Serial Port Serial Port Protocol The serial port supports two flow control standards XON XOFF and Ready Busy sometimes called Data Terminal Ready DTR or hardware handshake When Ready Busy flow control is selected the printer can be configured to use DTR Request to Send RTS or both for flow control If only DTR is selected for flow control RTS will indicate the cover is open or the printer has faulted The following discussion assumes the DTR is being used for flow control The Ready Busy protocol generally uses the DTR signal to indicate to the host computer that the printer is not ready to accept data The host should stop
175. he response to an inquiry is received by the host before another command is issued When an inquiry is received by the printer it is buffered in a high speed processing queue When the printer has time it empties the queue and processes the inquiries The printer responds to the command as soon as the second byte of the command is taken from the high speed buffer If the host is looking for a form to be inserted it should not send status requests as fast as it can The host will receive a response to all of them If the host did not wait for a response to each there would be unnecessary responses In IEEE 1284 mode inquire responses are placed in an IEEE 1284 transmit queue When the IEEE 1284 reverse channel is open the responses are returned to the host It is important that after each request the reverse channel be opened Inquire responses remain in the queue until read If the ENQ lt 9 gt command is sent to the printer the IEEE 1284 buffer will be cleared and only the response to the ENQ lt 9 gt will remain Page 204 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Communication Protocol Remote Printer Reset Remote Printer Reset Reset in Serial Mode It is possible to generate a software printer reset in serial mode The ENQ lt 10 gt command requests that the printer reset This
176. hole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSjet 1000 Contol Codes Summary by Code ASCII Hex IPCL Equivalent Description Page Command Code ESC SI 1BH 0FH amp F4 Begin 24 cpi character 41 pitch ESC T 1BH 54H amp SE End superscript or 62 subscript ESC U lt n gt 1BH 55H amp GU n 1 Select bidirectional or 71 amp GB n 0 unidirectional print n 0 Bidirectional n 1 Unidirectional ESC V lt n gt 1BH 56H none Set intercharacter spacing 43 ESC W lt n gt 1BH 57H amp FS n 0 Multiline double wide 58 amp FD n 1 double high mode amp FH n 3 n 0 Standard mode n 1 Double wide n 2 Double high 3 Both ESC X lt ni gt lt n2 gt 1BH 58H none Set left right margins 89 n Left margin n2 Right margin ESC Y lt ny gt lt n2 gt 1BH 59H none Print full speed double 69 density graphics ESC Z lt ni gt lt n2 gt 1BH 5AH none Print quad density graphics 69 ESC 1BH 5BH amp DH Set print style See 59 40H amp SH command description ESC C lt n gt 1BH 5BH 43H amp EU Insert Euro character 51 ESC P lt n gt 1BH 5BH 50H amp F lt n gt Set character pitch 42 ESC S 1BH 5BH Redefine character set 52 53H ESC T lt n gt lt n gt 1BH 5BH 54H amp CP lt m gt lt m gt lt m gt Select character code page 49 lt m gt ESC 1BH 5DH amp L
177. ic zero Driver 0 V to 0 4 V Receiver 0 V to 0 8 V Current requ irements Logic one Source 0 25 ma at 2 4 V Logic zero Sink 16 ma Line termination Page 16 Data and control Strobe Rev B 3 3k ohm to 5 V 1 2k ohm to 5 V 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 General Specifications Serial Interface Serial Port Features The serial port features are as follows Baud Rates 300 600 1200 2400 4800 9600 19 2K 38 4K and 57 6K Bit Patterns 8 bit no parity 8 bit odd 8 bit even 7 bit no parity 7 bit odd 7 bit even Flow Control DTR and XON XOFF Serial RS 232 Communication Serial Port Pin out 9 pin 25 pin Signal Description Pin 1 Pin 22 DCD Data Carrier Detect Pin 2 Pin 3 RX Receive Data Pin 3 Pin 2 TX Transmit Data Pin 4 Pin 20 DTR Data Terminal Ready Pin 5 Pin 7 GND Signal Ground Pin 6 Pin 6 DSR Data Set Ready Pin 7 Pin 4 RTS Request to Send Pin 8 Pin 5 CTS Clear to Send Pin 9 Pin 22 SSD Secondary Data Table 10 Serial Port Pin outs Because both the host and printer are DTE s Data Terminal Equipment they use the same serial port pin outs If the cable that is used to connect the host to the printer is a pin to pin interconnect it will not work Therefore a null modem or turn around cable must be used to
178. ick out connector pin 3 low On 01H lt 1 gt Drawer kick out connector pin 3 high 1 3 Undefined 4 Off 00H lt 0 gt Not used fixed to Off 5 6 k Undefined 7 Off 00H lt 0 gt Not used fixed to Off Table 38 Drawer Kick out Connector Status lt n gt 2 50 Page 144 The c Rev B ontent of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in 06 01 00 whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Status Commands Function Transmit real time status ASCII DLE EOT lt n gt Hexadecimal 10H 04H lt n gt Decimal lt 16 gt lt 4 gt lt n gt Range 1l lt n lt s4 Description The DLE EOT lt n gt command transmits the specified status in real time The command is executed if the printer is off line the print buffer is full or an error occurs If the printer goes off line due to a paper end condition bit 5 of the printer status waiting for on line recovery is on from the time the paper roll is inserted to the time the printer goes on line See the GS z 0 command for details of the on line recovery wait time The paper roll near end sensor is an option If the printer does not have a paper near end sensor bits 2 and 3 of the paper roll sensor status will always be Paper adequate Bit 3 of the second byte is always No error occurred lt n gt Function 1 Transmit printer status 2 Transmit off line
179. igh Note 1 The ESC W lt n gt command does not affect line spacing Note 2 In EPOS mode ESC lt n gt performs a similar function however near letter quality NLQ is not available Where n Bits 76543210 Function 1 es Underline a s5 Double wide eae Coe Double high See X Font 0 draft 1 large draft Page 58 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL Description Where k bits Where n bits Where m bits Note 1 06 01 00 Programmers Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Character Attributes Set print style double wide double high italic control ESC EOT NUL lt k gt NUL lt n gt lt m gt 1BH 5BH 40H 04H 00H lt k gt 00H lt n gt lt m gt lt 27 gt lt 91 gt lt 64 gt lt 04 gt lt 0 gt lt K gt lt 0 gt lt n gt lt m gt amp PDH Double high double wide and double space amp SH Single high single wide and single space Also see ESC W above The ESC EOT NUL lt k gt NUL lt n gt lt m gt command sets double wide double high and italic print mode 76543210 XXxXX Italic control 0 0000 No change 1 0001 Italics On 2 0010 Italics Off 76543210 Onnn Height multiplier Maximum 4 0 0000 No change xxxx Line spacing 0 0000 No change 76543210 Onnn Width multipli
180. iguration or manual configuration The following table lists the configurable features Preset General Description and options Configuration Emulation The POSjet 1000 printer supports six basic printer Mode emulation modes POSjet 1000 PcOS PcOS Epson TM200 TM200 ESC POS Not model specific ESC POS Star SP200 and SP2000 Star Citizen 3500 Series Citizen Ithaca M50 IBM M50 The Ithaca Series 50 printer uses several commands that are not supported by the current PcOS definitions These commands in some cases have different functions in the POSjet 1000 If Ithaca M50 emulation is selected the M50 commands are activated and the overlapping POSjet 1000 commands deactivated Receive The input receive buffer can be configured to various sizes Buffer The optimal size is dependent on the application The options are from 40 bytes to 8K bytes a oO 256 1024 TM200 2048 4096 8192 Graphic Graphic save lock configuration locks the user store Save buffers so they cannot be deleted by the application Locked Enabled Locked Lock When the lock feature is functioning the printer is On Off prevented from being turned off by the On Off switch Switch Enabled Locked On Configurat The configuration lock feature prevents the configuration ion from being altered manually If enabled the printer can Locked only be configured with the configuration utility Note locked configuration cannot be manually s
181. images as its size permits A printout of the amount of nonvolatile memory remaining can be obtained by performing a printer self test Each image is uniquely identified by the name given to it by the lt Name gt parameter The name of the bit image can be from one to 15 bytes long and contain any alphanumeric characters as well as spaces The format of the bit image is identical to that defined by the GS command The GS command must be entered in standard mode only at the beginning of a print line Any image may be up to 2048 bytes long If the size of the image is larger than the space remaining in the nonvolatile buffer the image will not be saved When the last byte of bit image data is received and there is ample space Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Macro Function Commands in the nonvolatile buffer for the bit image the bit image will be saved The following basic example demonstrates how to define an 8 bit x 8 bit block with the name MY IMAGE A representation of the format of a downloaded bit image is depicted below Column one MSB dn LSB lt d xxyx8 PRINT 1 CHR 29 CHR 45 REM Enter the GS command PRINT 1 MY IMAGE CHR 0 REM Define the image name PRINT 1 CHR 1 CHR 1 REM Image size 8 x 8 bits PRINT 1 CHR 255
182. interconnect the host and the printer Signal levels The serial interface meets EIA RS 232 Requirements of 15 V to 3 V mark off Logic 1 and 3 V to 15 V space on Logic 0 USB Interface The USB interface is a Version 1 0 compliant interface It is implemented through a Standard Series B Receptacle as defined in the USB Specification The printer is self powered and does not draw power from the USB interface cable Note The standard USB interface does not have enough power to run the printer 06 01 00 Rev B Page 17 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Relative Humidity Genera I Specifications POSjet 1000 Programmer s Guide Environmental 90 se a eK KK i lt l i i l 80 storage i l i 1 l 70 D l l amp I 60 I t T I l eb I 50 __ amp Typical i 5 Operating i 40 Bo Range boy 30 EEN 25 i i cc i l 20 l l l 10 l TE SESEO IEA SAE aces ee ee Ro Le eR ee OE S l 5 SSL ce Sie se ee E 4 40 10 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 60 70 Temperature C Figure 8 Temperature and Humidity Ranges Temperature Operating 10 to 40 C Extended Operating 0 to 45 C Storage 10 to 60 C Shipping 40 to 70 C Humidity Operating 10 to 90 Relative humidity noncondensing Storage 10 to 90 Relative humidity noncondensing Shipping 5 t
183. ion 0 0 0 ee eeeeeeeceesssneeeeeseneeeeessseeeeeesnaaeees 2 MALE THE ES UD POTD aaa once ede eis a ee hoe ee SA ade Ake 2 Contacting TransAct s Ithaca facility ceceessceeeesseneceeesecnecteesecnecteenseneeneeses 2 Chapter 2 General Description Model PJ1000 Inkjet Receipt Printer eee 3 Standard Peatures sisisi esiti sadecteesiuecesesiveadiieshiasdb ee ii aeiiae 3 Optional Peatures 2 cisccaste eha ashes R E a este R SSS 4 KAD UCT scan vatefesa neta cathe sehbeaes no si unas n deans eea iea aas teases nieee sors auenia 5 General Specifications iane ain ipa aE ETEA EET icads ENTENAS aiai aaie 5 Printing SpecificationS ssiiteiitenii seecae bensiini binnis enesis 5 Character Pichi 2 ec et te eae hc sie Ae ete 6 Character Generatii seii araa ae a a eee acacia tees 6 Standard Print 2 ci torctaat so eeted tect eors iei orea E re Eon AE E O TSn ES EERS 6 Draft Fonti na a A E aS 7 Large Draft Font ississessnisisesesnte ineat ieis rasas 7 Near Letter Quality NLQ Font ssssseeeeeeessssssseseeeesssssssesreeessssssserereesssssseee 7 Rotated Pints fase tices ed take tach a each nani eee dee A eid 8 Physical Speci teal Ons 204 tease tenet aah Aa ae 9 Dimensions icipin iiir niaii aik T ioeead a secet is eesti eiaa S aiaia asians 9 Weight acie hase r aio dita RA a ca eo ac sic E A E sams Oe eG 9 Electrical Character SOS iinsert le span 10 External Powered AC 26 dcocishsca ds asec eT anai PaE EROAA STPI ETEA E PS aia 10 M
184. ion is complete the printer returns to the baud rate specified in the configuration 06 01 00 Rev B Page 203 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Communication Protocol POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Serial Port Inquire The serial port inquire is more straightforward than parallel mode The serial acknowledged ACK or not acknowledged NAK responses follow a uniform format the ACK or NAK is always followed by the command ID that requested it This makes the design of the host application easier because the response can be identified and always follows the same format The host sends an inquire to the printer asking for the form The printer receives the sensor status request and preprocesses it The printer responds with an ACK lt id gt or NAK lt id gt indicating the form sensor status The host receives the response and decodes it Flow Chart 3 Inquire Flow The host sends an ENQ lt id gt form sensor status request to the printer The printer responds with an ACK lt id gt indicating that the request was identified status true Inquire commands affect the printer s performance Communication is a high priority for the printer Inquire commands take processing time away from the print tasks It is possible to ask for so much status that the printer slows In serial mode it is important that t
185. ion report Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes User Store and Macros User Macros The user macro feature works by inserting the macro data buffer into the printer data stream when the print user store data command is encountered Macros can be any data normally sent to the printer including graphics Note user store maintenance and inquire commands may not be included in the macro definitions The printer stores macro data in a RAM based storage buffer as it is received and processed The storage buffer may then be saved to a flash based user store or inserted into the print data stream If a macro is recalled from user store it is expanded into the macro buffer and replaces whatever is currently there Programming considerations The flash nonvolatile memory has a limited number of write cycle operations Consequently the number of saves should be limited The buffer should not be saved on a transaction by transaction basis Once a day should be the limit The buffer is initially about 16K bytes long All commands and print data are placed in the buffer and must be included in the size limits The printer does not indicate when the buffer is full The application must make sure that the buffer is not overfilled The printer simply stops saving information
186. is half the speed of full speed double density however the print quality is enhanced Character Graphics Character graphics is the term for joining individual characters together to produce a mosaic of characters that form a graphic image The simplest method uses an or any other character to form an image For example ITHACA might be formed as follows KKK FEK k k KKK k x x k w e KKK K KKK K x x x x x x KKK x x x KK x Figure 17 Example of Character Graphics The extended character set of the printer supports line graphic characters that can be combined to form windows and other shapes For the shapes to join from line to line the spacing must be set properly All characters are in a nine dot high character cell The dots are 1 60 inch apart Therefore the line spacing should be 10 60 or 1 6 inch The set fine line space command can be used to set the line spacing If possible the spacing should be reduced slightly to overlap the rows which prevents any white spacing from appearing between the lines The following example illustrates the use of extended character graphics 06 01 00 Rev B Page 209 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Graphics POSet 1000 Programmers Guide ESC ESC 3 lt 27 gt ESC a lt 1 gt lt 201 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt 205 gt lt
187. is not a hardware reset The reset completely initializes the hardware and software but the printer does not recover from a loss of software control Note If the printer mode was changed by the ESC y lt 2 gt or lt 3 gt command a soft reset will not return to the power on default The command flow follows The ENQ lt 10 gt is acknowledged During cleanup and initialization the printer is placed off line Before the printer initializes it tries to clean up its input buffer and other internal processes The printer s software is reinitialized The power cycled flag is set The print head is homed and recalibrated The printer goes back on line Reset in Parallel Mode In parallel mode driving the INIT signal on the parallel port for 100 milliseconds generates a software reset It takes about two seconds for the printer to recover from a reset The ENQ lt 10 gt command has the same effect but it is not acknowledged Remote Power Control The POSjet 1000 Printer has a remote power control command that instructs it to enter standby mode When the command is issued the printer performs print cartridge maintenance and enters standby mode Unlike pushing the POWER button remote power mode leaves the communications active All commands except the exit power down command are ignored 06 01 00 Rev B Page 205 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from Tra
188. it is correct Press NEW CARTRIDGE if it is and POWER if it is not Manual Emulation Set To allow easy predefined configurations to be loaded the printer contains an internal default configuration for each of the printer emulations The internal default configuration allows a starting point when changing the emulation To activate the manual emulation set hold the NEW CARTRIDGE and LINE FEED switch at power up Manual emulation set is the same as manual configuration only with more options Note that the additional options are only offered once Remote Configuration Remote configuration is provided for all printers It is accessed through a series of extended diagnostic and configuration commands The remote configuration program is responsible for controlling the feature Color Ready Configuration The POSjet 1000 printer is available with a dual pen carriage but without the second pen installed This printer is termed Color Ready It is configured as Black and no second pen and operates as a single pen printer When the printer has the second pen installed it should be reconfigured to be a color printer This can be done through software or with manual configuration There is an auto sense feature that attempt to auto sense the presence of a second pen If the POSjet 1000 is configured for a dual carriage and a single cartridge auto sense will be active When the second color cartridge is installed and power is applied to the
189. l Decimal IPCL Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS 06 01 00 Begin 90 rotated print ESC r lt 1 gt 1BH 72H 01H lt 27 gt lt 114 gt lt I gt amp R1 Begin 90 rotated print with line formatting ESC r lt 5 gt 1BH 72H 05H lt 27 gt lt 114 gt lt 5 gt amp PRS Begin 270 rotated print ESC r lt 3 gt 1BH 72H 03H lt 27 gt lt 114 gt lt 3 gt amp IR3 Begin 270 rotated print with line formatting ESC r lt 7 gt 1BH 72H 07H lt 27 gt lt 114 gt lt 7 gt amp PRT7 ESC T lt 1 gt Begin 90 rotated print with two pass font ESC r lt 9 gt 1BH 72H 09H lt 27 gt lt 114 gt lt 2 gt amp RYI or K RKOI none Rev B The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes Print Rotation Page 65 Contol Codes Print Rotation Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Page 66 POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Begin 90 rotated print with two pass font and line formatting ESC r lt 13 gt 1BH 72H OBH lt 27 gt lt 114 gt lt 13 gt amp RX13 none Begin 270
190. l IPCL EPOS Description Where lt n gt Note 1 Note 2 Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Note 1 06 01 00 Misc ellaneous Open cash drawer ESC x lt n gt 1BH 78H lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 120 gt lt n gt amp D1 Cash Drawer 1 amp D2 Cash Drawer 2 ESC p The ESC x lt n gt command charges the cash drawer lt n gt for 150 ms lt 1 gt 01H or 1 31H for Cash Drawer 1 lt 2 gt 02H or 2 32H for Cash Drawer 2 The time period that drawer is activated can be changed in the configuration menu Activation time ranges from 25 ms to 250 ms Cash drawer open commands are processed as part of print data They are not immediate commands and are not processed until found in the input buffer by the print processor Cash Drawer 2 is factory configurable in one of two modes Either pin 2 or 3 is active depending on an internal jumper setting The factory default is pin 3 Cash Drawer 1 is always on pin 2 The cash drawer status is defined as an open circuit for drawer closed Perform Auto Cut ESC v 1BH 76H lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 118 gt amp FFC amp PC ESC I or ESC m The ESC v command operated the auto cutter The auto cutter is optional If the auto cutter is not installed this command will be ignored Rev B Page 91 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologi
191. l character 51 ESC lt y gt lt Ci gt lt Ca2 gt Define user defined characters 53 ESC C lt n gt Insert Euro character 51 ESC S Redefine character set 52 ESC T lt n gt lt n gt Select character code page 49 ESC gt lt n gt Enable user defined characters 54 ESC y lt 11 gt Enable OCR characters 55 ESC y lt 12 gt Disable OCR characters 57 Character Attributes ESC c lt n gt Select color 57 SO Begin one line double wide 57 print DC4 Cancel one line double wide 58 print ESC W lt n gt Begin multiline double wide 58 double high mode ESC G Begin italics 62 ESC H End italics 62 ESC E Begin emphasized print 61 ESC F End emphasized print 61 ESC G Begin enhanced print 60 Character Attributes ESC H End enhanced print 60 ESC S lt 0 gt Select superscript 61 ESC S lt 1 gt Select subscript 61 ESC T End superscript subscript 62 ESC lt n gt Enable disable underline mode 60 Page 31 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSjet 1000 Programmers Guide ESC _ lt n gt Enable disable overscore 60 ESC Set print style See command 59 description Print Rotation
192. lears If the host resets an operator intervention operation any remaining buffered data is cleared When the printer receives a reset command the printer goes off line and or busy until the reset completes In serial mode the printer may have information in its high speed buffer that was received after the reset command but before the reset was processed If the host application continues to send information to the printer after a reset command some of that information may be processed before the reset is processed In parallel mode the printer goes busy after the reset is received but before the next byte is accepted The printer accepts an ENQ lt 10 gt in parallel mode It however is not acknowledged If both the serial and parallel ports are active the serial reset is not acknowledged either because the reset operation removes the parallel response In IEEE 1284 mode the response buffer is cleared by a reset command which prevents responses in IEEE 1284 mode as well If reset inhibit is set in the configuration menu the command is ignored Rev B Page 101 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes Printer Status Set Inquire Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Function Response Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Function Note Response Where lt 15 gt lt n gt lt r gt
193. lication displays and prints the same characters IBM and EPOS defined new commands to select code pages and left the old commands in effect The POSjet 1000 Printer supports international character sets as well as code pages To allow the most flexibility for the application programmer both methods are extended in the POSjet 1000 Printer In IBM mode there are 19 character sets and 60 code pages In EPOS mode there are 57 character sets and five code pages The POSjet 1000 Printer allows the IBM code page selection command to choose character sets as well as normal IBM code pages The EPOS character set select command has been extended to allow additional character sets over and above the 11 defined by EPOS The EPOS code page select command has not been extended because there is no EPOS definition beyond the first six ID s All characters in code pages as well as character sets are addressed as zero through 255 Characters below 32 must be addressed with the ESC lt n gt command Code pages may be changed at any time and are active for all features including rotated print To allow other code pages to be created by an application a redefine character set command is provided As discussed above there are two commands for language selection in IBM mode The first is ESC which selects one of 19 international character sets The ESC command does not select all the possible sets and is provided for compatibility with
194. lines divide 1760 by the number of characters per line and round down to the nearest whole number There must be a minimum of 80 characters per line which allows up to 22 lines of print A value less than 80 does not allow additional print lines Values greater than 80 reduce the number of lines Set rotated print line spacing ESC u lt n gt lt m gt lt 12 gt lt m gt lt nj gt lt m gt lt 0 gt 1BH 75H lt n gt lt m gt lt n gt lt m gt lt nj gt lt m gt 00H lt 27 gt lt 117 gt lt n gt lt m gt lt 12 gt lt m gt gt lt N gt lt M gt lt 0 gt none none The ESC u lt n gt lt m gt lt 12 gt lt m gt lt nj gt lt m gt lt 0 gt command adjusts the line spacing for each rotated print line where n is the line number and m is the spacing in 1 8 inch intervals between lines The n value can be from one to 40value m can be from one to 255 For the first print line the distance is calculated from the left margin If n or m is zero the command is terminated Any unspecified spacing is set to 1 8 inch The values are used as a template for all subsequently rotated print On power up spacing is preset to 1 8 inch or eight lines per inch for all lines The command is only effective during 90 and 270 rotated modes It remains in effect until a new table is received or until the printer is power cycled An ESC u lt 0 gt sets all lines to 1 8 inch The table can be overridden by
195. logies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Macro Function Commands Bit Off On Hex Decimal Function 0 Off 00 0 Macro executes r times continuously with the interval specified by t On 01 1 LINE FEED button controlled operation with time interval t 1 4 Undefined 5 On 20 32 Value given by r is ignored and macro is run infinitely 6 On 40 64 Save start up macro definition to flash memory without executing 7 Undefined Table 50 Macro Control Bit Definitions Function Delete start up macro definition EPOS ONLY ASCII GS _ Hexadecimal 1DH 5FH Decimal lt 29 gt lt 95 gt Description The GS _ command deletes a start up macro definition previously created by the GS command If a start up macro was not previously defined the command will be ignored User defined Memory Commands Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description Page 156 Define user defined bit image EPOS ONLY GS lt Name gt lt 0 gt x y d d x xy x 8 1DH 2DH lt Name gt lt 0 gt x y d d x xy x 8 lt 29 gt lt 45 gt lt Name gt lt 0 gt x y d d x x y x 8 1 lt x lt 255 1sy lt 255 O0 lt d lt 255 lt Name gt a 15 byte maximum length name to identify the image GS defines a bit image for storage in the nonvolatile memory pool The printer maintains an area of flash memory specifically designated for multiple bit image storage The area can contain as many bit
196. lt n gt The ESC lt n gt commands are extended diagnostics commands They must all be preceded with an enabling command These commands are not intended to be used by the end user The programmer should make sure that no command follows the ESC lt n gt sequence in the application The extended diagnostics commands may affect the print quality and performance of the printer In some cases the commands may degrade the performance of the print cartridge or mechanism Documentation is provided here to assure that you do not use the ESC lt n gt command Rev B Page 95 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes Miscellaneous POSet 1000 Programmer s Guide Function Enable dynamic response ASCII ESC w lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 77H lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 119 gt lt n gt IPCL none EPOS GS a lt n gt Where n Defines the features that cause dynamic responses Where Bit 0 Cash Drawer 0 ACK NAK lt 1 gt 1 Cash Drawer 1 ACK NAK lt 2 gt 2 Paper low status ACK NAK lt 3 gt 3 Paper out status ACK NAK lt 4 gt 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 Cover status ACK NAK lt 8 gt Description Dynamic status can be used to allow the host to sense status changes without sending repeated inquire commands The operation of the dynamic response varies depending on the configuration of the printer If the printer is
197. lus Sign 2BH 43 Minus Sign 2DH 45 Period 2EH 46 Slant 2FH 47 Dollar Sign 24H 36 gt Greater Than Sign 3EH 62 gt Quotation Mark 22H 34 Page 56 Table 21 OCR MA 3 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Note Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Where lt n gt Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description 06 01 00 POSjet 1000 Control Codes Character Attributes Disable OCR characters ESC y lt 12 gt 1BH 79H 0CH lt 27 gt lt 121 gt lt 12 gt amp YX012 ESC y lt 12 gt The ESC y lt 12 gt command returns the 30 OCR characters to the previously selected character set It does not restore the print mode Any character definitions defined by the redefine character set command are also replaced by the ESC y lt 12 gt command Character Attribute Commands Select color ESC c lt n gt 1BH 63H lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 99 gt lt n gt amp ICL lt m gt none The ESC c lt n gt command selects the print color and should match the color of the pen installed 0 Black 1 Red 2 Green 3 Blue Begin one line double wide print SO OEH lt 14 gt amp MW none The SO command causes
198. macro record and 84 03H save ESC h lt color gt 1BH 68H none Process horizontal graphics 73 lt length gt lt format gt data lt data gt ESC n lt ny gt lt n2 gt 1BH 6EH amp HP lt mM1i gt lt M2 gt Set horizontal position 35 lt M3 gt ESC p lt n gt 1BH 70H amp PE lt M1 gt lt M2 gt Enable paper error mode operation ESC q lt n gt 1BH 71H none Query marker 90 ESC r lt n gt 1BH 72H amp RX Begin rotated print See 64 Rotated Print Summary on page 65 ESC s lt n gt 1BH 73H amp RL lt M1 gt lt M2 gt Set rotated print line length 67 lt M3 gt ESC u lt ni gt 1BH 75H none Set rotated print line 67 spacing ESC v 1BH 76H amp FC Cycle receipt cutter Page 110 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Summary by Code ASCII Hex Code IPCL Equivalent Description Page Command Code ESC w lt n gt 1BH 77H none Enable dynamic response ESC x lt n gt 1BH 78H amp D1 n 1 Open cash drawer 91 amp D2 n 2 n 1 Cash Drawer 1 n 2 Cash Drawer 2 ESC y lt 11 gt 1BH 79H OBH amp YX011 Enable OCR characters 55 ESC y lt 12 gt 1BH 79H OCH amp YX012 Disable OCR characters 34 ESC y lt n gt 1BH 79H amp Y0 9 or amp YX lt m1 gt Set control feature 94 lt M2 gt lt
199. minal Ready Figure 16 XON XOFF Serial Port Flow Control 06 01 00 Rev B Page 199 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Communication Protocol POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Print Buffer Flow Flow Chart 1 illustrates how the communications driver acquires data from the serial port and places it in the buffer using Ready Busy or XON XOFF flow control Wait for data from the host Place data in the print buffer Is the buffer full Yes No Update the buffer pointers Is the buffer past the high watermark Clear the DTR signal or transmit XOFF Flow Chart 1 Serial Buffer Operation At the top of Flow Chart 1 the driver is waiting for data When data is received from the host the printer checks to see if it is an inquire command If the data is an inquire it is responded to and placed in the buffer If not the data is placed in the buffer without response The buffer is then checked to see if it is full before the internal pointer is incremented If it is not full the pointer is incremented in preparation for the next data byte The buffer is checked by looking to see if it has passed a high watermark If the buffer has the communication driver is notified and it resets DTR to indicate to the host that no more data should be sent Page 200 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this docum
200. n Page 164 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Citizen Citizen Codes The following section lists the Citizen codes that are supported by the POSjet 1000 Printer They are as close as possible to a Citizen printer TransAct Technologies Inc has no control over how Citizen extends or changes these control codes and makes no guarantees as to the operation of its printer when it replaces a Citizen printer The Citizen emulation is intended to make it as easy as possible to replace a Citizen printer with a POSjet 1000 Printer but the user must remember that the POSjet 1000 Printer is not designed as a drop in replacement for a Citizen printer If possible the application should be changed to take advantage of the additional features in the standard POSjet 1000 emulation Citizen Command Summary For field definitions please refer to the Citizen User s Manual for Mini Dot Matrix Printer The following is a list of the supported Citizen commands ASCII Command Hex Code Description FF lt n gt 0CH lt n gt Set lt n gt lines paper feed SO OEH Set enlarged character SI OFH Set normal character LF OAH Set paper feed CR ODH Set print DC1 11H Enter initial se
201. n lt n gt x approximately 1 144 inch When using the command there is a gap between the auto cutter position and the print position The GS V lt m gt lt n gt command is only effective when input at the beginning of a line The GS V lt m gt lt n gt command executes paper feeding to the manual cutting position Partial knife cut ESC i 1BH 69H lt 27 gt lt 105 gt EPOS ONLY The ESC i command performs a partial knife cut Perform a partial knife cut EPOS ONLY ESC m 1BH 6DH lt 27 gt lt 109 gt The ESC m command performs a partial knife cut Sound buzzer EPOS ONLY BEL 07H lt 07 gt The BEL command sounds the internal buzzer if equipped Sound buzzer EPOS ONLY ASCII ESC BEL Hexadecimal Decimal Description 06 01 00 1BH 07H lt 27 gt lt 07 gt The ESC BEL command sounds the internal buzzer if equipped Rev B Page 151 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes Status Commands POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Miscellaneous Commands Function Set horizontal and vertical motion units EPOS ONLY ASCII GS Px y Hexadecimal 1DH 50H x y Decimal lt 29 gt lt 80 gt x y Range 0 lt x lt 255 Default x 180 y 360 Description The GS P x y command sets the horizontal and vertical motion units to 1 x inches and 1 y inches respectively When x and
202. n whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide EPOS Command Descriptions Function Set character size EPOS ONLY ASCII GS lt n gt Hexadecimal 1DH 21H lt n gt Decimal lt 29 gt lt 33 gt lt n gt Description The GS lt n gt command sets the horizontal and vertical scaling The upper nibble is the horizontal scale and the lower nibble is the vertical scale The minimum size is x1 and the maximum size is x8 Where lt n gt xxxx0000 Vertical scale 1 xxxx0001 Vertical scale 2 xxxx0111 Vertical scale 8 0000xxxx Horizontal scale 1 0001xxxx Horizontal scale 2 0111xxxx Horizontal scale 8 Function Begin italics EPOS ONLY ASCII ESC 4 Hexadecimal 1BH 34H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 52 gt Description The ESC 4 command begins italics print mode N l l Function End italics EPOS ONLY ASCII ESC 5 Hexadecimal 1BH 35H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 53 gt Description The ESC 5 command ends italics print mode Page 132 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes EPOSCommand Descriptions Panel Button Commands Function Enable disable paper feed ASCII ESC c 5 lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 63H 35H lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 99 gt lt 53 gt lt n gt Range 0 lt n lt 2
203. n Part No 100 9170 OPOS Drivers with Documentation Part No 100 9732 Master Character Set Definitions Part No 100 9785 Internet Support TransAct Technologies Incorporated maintains an Internet web site The address is http www transact tech com The technical support page contains support information for our printers The POSjet 1000 Printer support pages offer the latest information They include the current version of this manual program examples test procedures programming instructions and supported print drivers Contacting TransAct s Ithaca facility Contact TransAct s Ithaca facility for general information about the POSjet 1000 Printer and how it works with your system The Sales and Technical Support Departments will be able to help you with most of your questions Call the Technical Support Department to receive technical support order documentation receive additional information about the POSjet 1000 or send in a printer for service To order supplies receive information about other Ithaca products or obtain information about your warranty contact the Sales Department To receive information on International distribution look on our web site at www transact tech com You may reach both the Sales and Technical Support Departments at the following address and telephone or fax numbers TransAct Technologies Incorporated Ithaca Facility 20 Bomax Drive Ithaca NY 14850 USA Telephone 877 Tithaca or 607 2
204. n unidirectional print 71 ESC U lt n gt Turn on off unidirectional printing mode 138 ESC u lt n gt lt m gt Set rotated print line spacing 67 ESC V lt n gt Set intercharacter spacing 43 ESC V lt n gt Turn on off 90 rotatioin mode 131 ESC W lt n gt Double wide double high mode 58 ESC w lt n gt Enable dynamic response 96 ESC x lt n gt Open cash drawer 91 ESC X lt n gt lt n gt Set left right print margin 89 ESC y lt 11 gt OCR character enable 55 ESC y lt 12 gt OCR character disable 57 ESC y lt n gt Feature control 161 ESC y lt n gt Set feature control 94 ESC Y lt ni gt lt no gt Print full speed double density graphics 69 ESC Z lt n gt lt n gt Print quad density graphics 69 FF Set form feed 39 GS a lt n gt Enable disable Automatic Status Back 141 GS I lt n gt Transmit printer ID 152 GS P x y Set horizontal and vertical motion units 152 GS r lt n gt Transmit status 144 GS Start end macro definition 155 GS V lt m gt lt n gt Select cut mode and cut paper 151 GS z 0 lt t gt lt t2 gt Set on line recovery wait time 154 HT Set horizontal tab 34 137 LF Print and line feed 120 LF Set line feed 33 SI Begin 17 cpi 41 SO Begin one line double wide print 57 SOH lt n gt Begin multi drop control 96 VT Set vertical tab 38 A Audio alert control 92 Auido alert 91 92 Page 221
205. nction Begin rotated print ASCII ESC r lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 72H lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 114 gt lt n gt IPCL amp PRX EPOS ESC T lt 3 gt Description The ESC r lt n gt command starts rotated print mode where n defines the mode as follows Where n x bits 76543210 Function xx00 End rotated print xx01 Rotate 90 0010 Rotate 180 xx1 Rotate 270 x1lxx Use line formatting When n 1 or 9 the print mode is rotated 90 Print data is entered normally from left to right top to bottom When an end rotated print ESC r lt 0 gt command is received the printer formats and prints the data When n 5 or 13 the print mode is rotated by 90 with formatting The command differs from the ESC r lt 1 gt command because the line length is determined not by the longest line entered but by the line length set by the ESC s command If input extends past the end of a line it wraps around to the next line When n 3 or 11 the print mode is rotated 270 according to the currently stored format parameters When n 7 or 15 the print mode is rotated 270 according to the currently stored format parameters The ESC r lt 7 gt command differs from the ESC r lt 3 gt command by spacing out the lines to the line length specified by the ESC s command If input extends past the end of a line it wraps around to the following line When n 2 the print mode is rotated 180 All su
206. nes 121 ESC K lt n gt lt n gt Print single density graphics 68 ESC L lt n gt lt n gt Print half speed double density graphics 69 ESC m Perform a partial knife cut 151 ESC p lt m gt lt t gt lt t2 gt Generate pulse 153 ESC P lt n gt Begin rotated font 45 ESC q lt n gt Query marker 90 ESC Q lt n gt Set right margin 139 ESC r lt 0 gt End rotated print 66 ESC r lt 1 gt Rotate 90 65 ESC r lt 11 gt Rotate 270 with two pass font 66 ESC r lt 13 gt Rotate 90 with two pass font and line formatting 66 ESC r lt 15 gt Rotate 270 with two pass font and line formatting 66 ESC r lt 3 gt Rotate 270 65 06 01 00 POSet 1000 Index ESC r lt 5 gt Rotate 90 with line formatting 65 ESC r lt 7 gt Rotate 270 with line formatting 65 ESC r lt 9 gt Rotate 90 with two pass font 65 ESC r lt n gt Rotate 90 180 or 270 64 ESC R lt n gt Select an international character set 124 ESC r lt n gt Turn color mode on off 128 ESC R Reset horizontal and vertical tab stops 35 39 ESC S lt 0 gt Select superscript 61 ESC S lt 1 gt Select subscript 61 ESC s lt n gt Set rotated print line length 67 ESC SP lt n gt Set right side character spacing 122 ESC t lt n gt Select character code table 129 ESC T End superscript or subscript 62 ESC U lt 0 gt Begin bidirectional print 72 ESC U lt 1 gt Begi
207. not inserted the CAN command will not be processed until after the error is cleared The CAN command does not restore default conditions pu OY Clears the prt Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Function Response Description Note 1 Page 90 Query marker ESC q lt n gt 1BH 71H lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 113 gt lt n gt none none The ESC q lt n gt command returns a status to the host when it is processed Serial Parallel IEEE 1284 Parallel non IEEE 1284 SOH lt n gt Not supported via PE The ESC q lt n gt command may be placed in the print data and when processed by the printer will return a progress status marker The value of lt n gt can be any 8 bit value It is returned to the host unaltered The intent is for it to be a sequence number The command can be used to track the print progress of the printer or verify that data has been printed The ESC q lt n gt command is a line terminator that causes the printer to print all previous data If a normal line terminator like a CR is not supplied right justify and auto center do not function correctly All data is left justified ESC q does not perform a CR or LF function Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decima
208. nsAct Technologies Incorporated Communication Protocol POSet 1000 Programmer s Guide Remote Printer Reset Function Remote Power Control ASCII ESC y lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 79H lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 121 gt lt n gt IPCL amp PYX1I7 or amp Y X18 EPOS ESC y lt n gt Where n 17 Requests the printer to enter remote standby mode Requests the printer to exit remote standby mode Inquiry ENQ commands are accepted and answered The printer reactivates if the POWER button is pressed after the power down command is issued If power is lost after the power down command is issued the printer remembers it is in power down mode but does not reactivate the communications link The POWER button must be pushed to restart the printer Page 206 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Miscellaneous Communic ations Miscellaneous Communication Features Power cycle Recovery Sometimes the host needs to know if the printer was power cycled An example would be after the receipt tape was changed It is not necessary to turn off the printer to change the receipt However if the operator does any information sent to the printer before the power cycle will be lost The POSjet 1000 Printer has a flag that is set after a reset The flag stays set until the host requests a
209. o 90 Relative humidity noncondensing The typical operating range as shown in Figure 8 provides full printer reliability Extended range may degrade the mean time between failures MTBF of the printer In the extended environmental range the ink cartridge life and may be reduced Page 18 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Overview Chapter 4 How to Care for the POSjet 1000 Printer The POSjet 1000 Printer uses Hewlett Packard thermal ink jet print cartridges HP C6602A The HP C6602A print cartridge is designed for point of sale applications has a low ownership cost and a long life Like any ink jet printer the POSjet 1000 Printer has features that extend the life and reliability of the print cartridge Unlike consumer ink jet print cartridges the HP C6602A print cartridge does not need to be capped when not in use Consequently the POSjet 1000 is ready to print at all times Consumer ink jet printers cover and seal the print head to prevent drying when the printer is not in use The HP C6602A cartridge does not need to be sealed However the cartridge is still an ink jet cartridge and must have periodic maintenance to keep it functional Maintenance consists of cleaning the excess ink from the face of the cartridge wiping and firing ink into a
210. o colors the alignment test is not available Burn in Test Burn in is used to test the printer in the production environment It is a series of tests that ensure proper printer function It is not intended for any other purpose Rolling ASCII Test Rolling ASCII is also a test for the production environment It is used to test the printer in continuous operation Page 178 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Product Self Tests Hex dump Mode To enter hex dump mode press and hold the FEED button when resuming operation from standby mode Enter standby mode by pressing and releasing the POWER button Press and hold the FEED button while pressing and releasing the POWER button Be sure to release the FEED button as soon as the carriage starts to move to prevent paper feeds Hex dump mode is used to diagnose communication problems with the printer As information is received by the printer the information is converted to a Hex ASCII format and printed No translation is made which means no commands are interpreted All information is converted to Hex ASCII and printed on the receipt tape If a carriage return is sent to the printer it is translated to OD in the hexadecimal field and in the ASCII field The format follows 54 68 69 73 20 69 73 20 This is 61 20 74 65 73 74 OD
211. oa mon ossa o es rear a5 anos oa ess neways om OO oses a es ovm ss mom osse ee fere f o aoe O oaee SO r Cou frees e a ea 895 Kamenicky MJK 3 127 3H 07FH 0 8 9 5 D 66 68 69 79 NI Page 216 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSjet 1000 Appendix A Code Page Definition Table Code Country Code Decimal Hex ASCII lt ni gt Epson Page Language Set lt m gt lt n2 gt lt N gt lt N2 gt lt n2 gt lt n3 gt ID 4 1032 Windows Hebrew 1022 Windows Cyrillic 3 254 3H OFEH 1 0 2 4 4H 008H 1 0 3 2 0 2 3 4 5 i 8 9 A A zZ Danish NA Italian 38 39 41 29 S 22 i 23 i 24 i 25 42 49 50 Turkey i 0 2 52 54 j 56 f 58 67 61 62 i i 63 i 72 a 1 4 Me NA Spanisni 7 A Japanese o NA Norwegian o ee Danish II na usin aneiean S a f oiufui wp orlo 06 01 00 Rev B Page 217 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Appendix A POSjet 1000 Programmer s Guide Code Page Definition Table Appendix B ASCII Code Table Hex Decimal ASCII Hex Decimal ASCII Hex Decimal ASCII Hex Decimal ASCII oO N O O O IN
212. oaded bit image is defined it may be saved to the nonvolatile flash storage buffer using the ESC command where it remains indefinitely Otherwise the image remains in the RAM buffer where it is available until ESC or ESC amp is executed the power is turned off or the printer is reset A representation of the format of a downloaded bit image is depicted below Column one MSB dn LSB d x x y x 8 06 01 00 Rev B Page 159 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes Macro Function Commands Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Description POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Print single user defined bit image EPOS ONLY GS lt m gt 1DH 2FH lt m gt lt 29 gt lt 47 gt lt m gt The GS lt m gt command prints a downloaded or stored bit image using the mode specified by lt m gt lt m gt selects a mode from the table below Decimal Mode Vertical Dot Horizontal Density dpi Dot Density dpi 00 0 Normal 203 203 01 1 Double wide 203 101 02 2 Double high 101 203 03 3 Quadruple 101 101 Table 51 User defined Bit image Resolutions Function Save user defined character set EPOS ONLY ASCII GS 6 lt Name gt lt 0 gt Hexadecimal 1DH 36H lt Name gt 0H Decimal lt 29 gt lt 54 gt lt Name gt lt 0 gt Range lt Name gt a 15 byte maximum alphanumeric name to iden
213. ode page number For example 1 256 181 437 For the IPCL command the page is specified in ASCII as a 4 byte field Page 50 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Character Attributes Function Print control character ASCII ESC lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 5EH lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 94 gt lt n gt IPCL amp PCC lt m1 gt lt m2 gt lt m3 gt EPOS ESC lt n gt Description The ESC lt n gt command allows characters from zero to 31 codes to be printed During normal operation characters from zero to 31 are control characters The command turns off control code translation for the following character lt n gt can be from zero to 255 Function Insert Euro character ASCII ESC C lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 5BH 43H lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 91 gt lt 67 gt lt n gt IPCL amp EU Description The ESC C lt n gt command allows an application to replace any character in the currently active character set with the Euro character The character to be replaced is defined by lt n gt For example if the currently active character set is CP 850 multilingual and OD5H character is to be the Euro character 1BH 5BH 43H OD5H replaces the character at ODS5H with the Euro symbol Euro Character Substitution Matrix
214. of how to navigate within the configuration menu system As seen below the menu items are listed for the Emulation Mode and Baud Rate categories for a Serial printer These two categories show how the NEW CARTRIDGE button makes it possible to navigate through the POSjet 1000 s menu system select categories change specific settings and save those updated settings Although only a few categories are shown all categories have been organized similar to these and are accessed the same way by using the NEW CARTRIDGE button Specific Settings Emulation Mode Baud Rate Mode nINIT ENQ lt 10 gt Carriage Return Off Line Option Line Spacing Code Page Normal 8 Bit No Parity 1 Stop Bit 19200 BPS EPSON TM U200 Zero j EPSON TM Ignore LF 8 Bit No Parity 2 Stop Bits 38400 BPS EPOS Font CPI Ignore CR 8 Bit Even Parity 1 Stop Bit 57600 BPS AXIOHM Add LF to 8 Bit Even Parity 2 Stop Bits 300 BPS STAR Input Buffer i CITIZEN CR 8 Bit Odd Parity 1 Stop Bit 600 BPS ITHACA M50 Color Option Ink Low when at Page Length Cash Drawer Time User Store On Off Switch Audio Alert Ink Status Print Add CR to 8 Bit Odd parity 2 Stop Bits 1200 BPS ITHACA PcOS LF 7 Bit No Parity 1 Stop Bit 2400 BPS Add to Both 7 Bit No Parity 2 Stop Bits 4800 BPS 7 Bit Even Parity 1 Stop Bit 9600 BPS 7 Bit Even Parity 2 Stop Bits 7 Bit Odd Parity 1 Stop Bit 7 Bit Odd Parity 2 Stop Bits 8 Bit No Parity 1 Stop Bit 8 Bit No Parity 2 Stop
215. of paper remaining TransAct Part Numbers 1 Roll 98 02021 25 Case 98 02022 5 Print cartridge specifications are controlled by Hewlett Packard Information here is for reference only 6 See Hewlett Packard specification 06 01 00 Rev B Page 11 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated General Specific ations POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Receipt Printing RECEIPT PAPER ROLL PAPER CUT OFF 0 77 19 56 mm CLLLILLLLLL LLL LLL CLLLL LL LLL LA l 2 50 63 50 mm 3 00 76 20 mm 0 25 6 35 mm Figure 5 Receipt Printable Area Receipt Printing Autocutter Position The paper tear off is positioned 0 77 inches 19 56 mm from the last line of print The autocutter is positioned 1 06 inch 26 92 mm from the last print line Autocutter Partial Cut Option A receipt autocutter is an optional feature with all POSjet 1000 Printers Cutter type Guillotine Media width 3 0 inches 76 20 mm Media thickness range 0 003 to 0 004 inch 0 076 to 0 10 mm Cut to line of print 1 06 inch 26 92 mm Cutter life 1 000 000 cuts Paper Out A receipt paper out sensor is provided as a standard feature It senses when there is approximately two inches of paper left on the paper roll Paper Low A receipt paper low sensor is provided as an optional feature An operator adjustable paper low assembly all
216. off 5 Off 00H lt 0 gt No unrecoverable error On 20H lt 32 gt Unrecoverable error occurred 6 Off 00H lt 0 gt No temporary abnormality of the print head temperature high temperature On 40H lt 64 gt Temporary abnormality of the print head temperature high temperature occurred Off 00H lt 0 gt Not used fixed to Off Table 34 Automatic Status Back ASB Second Byte Error Information Page 142 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide Bit Off On Hex POSet 1000 Control Codes Status Commands Decimal Status for Automatic Status Back ASB 0 1 Off 00H lt 0 gt Paper near end sensor paper adequate On 03H 3 Paper near end sensor paper near end 2 3 Off 00H lt 0 gt Paper end sensor paper present On OCH lt 12 gt Paper end sensor paper not present 4 Off 00H lt 0 gt Not used fixed to Off 5 6 Undefined 7 Off 00H lt 0 gt Not used fixed to Off Table 35 Automatic Status Back ASB Third Byte Paper Sensor Information Bit Off On Hex Decimal Status for Automatic Status Back ASB 0 3 gt z Undefined 4 Off 00H lt 0 gt Not used fixed to Off 5 6 Undefined 7 Off 00H lt 0 gt Not used fixed to Off Table 36 Automatic Status Back ASB Fourth Byte Paper Sensor Information 06 01 00
217. older programs The second is ESC T which selects any of the 58 code pages In EPOS mode the ESC R command has been expanded to select any of the 59 international character sets or code pages 10 Epson provides limited code page support through ID to code page translation Only six translations are defined Page 46 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Character Attributes Function Select international character set ASCII ESC lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 21H lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 33 gt lt n gt IPCL amp CS lt n gt EPOS ESC R lt n gt Description The ESC lt n gt command selects international character set lt n gt In standard mode the value of lt n gt is as follows Language Language 64 ASCII slashed zero 73 1 Italian 65 A ASCII unslashed zero 74 J French Canadian 66 B British 75 K Spanish 67 C German 76 L Swedish II 68 D French 77 M Swedish III 69 E Swedish 78 N Swedish IV 70 F Danish 79 O Turkish 71 Norwegian 80 P Swiss 72 H Dutch 81 Q Swiss II Table 17 Language Table ID s 06 01 00 Rev B Page 47 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part witho
218. on is pressed with a newly inserted used cartridge in place the printer will reset the ink level counter Due to undetermined ink levels in the used cartridge the printer s counter will not be able to define the amount that the cartridge is actually holding TransAct does not recommend replacing a spent cartridge with anything but a new ink cartridge that is approved and compatible with the POSjet 1000 TransAct recommends that used cartridges be discarded immediately after they are removed from the printer Always replace with new ink cartridges Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Operator Panel Contols Using the New Cartridge Button in Self Test Mode Placing the POSjet in Self Test Mode The NEW CARTRIDGE button may be used to enter the POSjet s self test mode To place the POSjet in self test mode first be sure that a paper roll is loaded and that the power button is on Next press the POWER button to turn the printer off The power indicator light will be off Press and hold the NEW CARTRIDGE button while pressing the POWER button to turn power back on to the printer Continue to hold until the orange error indicator light begins to blink Let go of the NEW CARTRIDGE button CCC CCC OTOL OOOO S EEL OES Current Test option is displayed in this area Pressing
219. one EPOS none Description The ESC A lt n gt command sets the default line spacing to n 72 Set n 1 to 85 Variable line spacing does not take effect until enabled by the ESC 2 command The command is provided to maintain backward compatibility with the Ithaca Series 50 OKIDATA IBM and other printers It can also be used to print on preprinted forms Function Enable ESC A lt n gt line spacing ASCII ESC 2 Hexadecimal 1BH 32H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 50 gt IPCL none EPOS none Description The ESC 2 command is a companion to the ESC A lt n gt command and puts the specified line spacing into effect It remains in effect until another line spacing command is issued 06 01 00 Rev B Page 37 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Note 1 Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Page 38 POSjet 1000 Programmers Guide Feed lt n gt lines at the current spacing ESC d lt n gt 1BH 64H lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 100 gt lt n gt amp FL lt m1 gt lt m2 gt ESC d The ESC d lt n gt command prints the contents of the buffer if any and performs lt n gt line feeds at the current line spacing The command does not change
220. onnect the power supply to the new adapter Reinstall the power supply and reattach the retainer Connect the communications adapter and any cash drawers Turn over the printer and reconnect the power Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Overview Ordering Supplies Your POSjet supplies can be ordered easily direct from TransAct via our website www transact tech com or our telephone number within the US toll free 877 7ithaca other inquires 607 257 8901 When calling by phone please ask for the Sales Department See Error Reference source not found on page Error Bookmark not defined for more details The following items may be ordered e Receipt paper e Ink cartridges e Cables Paper Receipt Paper Type Dimensions Stock Number 1 Roll single ply Width 3 0 inches 76 mm 98 02021 Large Diameter 4 0 inches 102 mm Length 330 feet 100 m Thickness 0 003 0 0035 inches 0 076 0 089 mm 25 Roll Case 25 rolls Width 3 0 inches 76 mm 98 02022 single ply Diameter 4 0 inches 102 mm Length 330 feet 100 m Thickness 0 003 0 0035 inches 0 076 0 089 mm Table 12 Ordering Paper Ink Cartridges 3 Pack Cartridges Supplier Stock Number 3 Pack Black Transact s Ithaca Facility 100 02347 3 Pack Red T
221. or otherwise without the prior written permission of TransAct Technologies Incorporated Trademarks PcOS and POSjet are registered trademarks of Transact Technologies Incorporated Ithaca is a registered trademark of TransAct Technologies IBM is a registered trademark of the International Business Machines Corporation Epson and ESC POS are registered trademarks of the Seiko Epson Corporation Microsoft Windows Windows NT and Plug and Play are trademarks of the Microsoft Corporation Patents Pending Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Table of Contents Table of Contents Change History eeaeee aoa aeee E ASKEA EE AOA SE EEE a EOE E aaant EE i NP OCUCHON osne E EE E E T E E eee ii UBT ETT gc meee eee Ree a e A E eae a a A A are NEE Deee ii COP VICI Ue tf ties a ees aos dae A E haem te AR E T ii Trademarks ee eile Gina eee aa Bue tee Ah ae E E E ii Chapter Ie oernsan anena A ayaa E A A A A T A A S 1 Overview of the POSjet 1000 Printer 2 Anda a Ge ees Sa 1 Who should read this book osc is2s cccsse sc seande di eteeesivededesi etecedtentetvetiet eden 1 What does this BOOK COVER insener ee caps e REEE ee seeded 1 Warranty formation ersero eoira treo ea o te EEEE OE ES OE ISto 1 Service Informatio senn n ties aces scat aa E S EE aa 1 Where can you find more informat
222. or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Graphics There are two ways to define colors CMY and RGB CMY stands for cyan magenta and yellow Mixing cyan magenta and yellow can be compared to blending paint When cyan magenta and yellow are mixed the result is black RGB stands for red green and blue Mixing red green and blue together can be compared to blending light beams When the lights are turned off everything looks black When all the lights are on the result is white Because the POSjet 1000 Printer does not mix colors either CMY or RGB color definitions work For the POSjet 1000 Printer RGB color definition was chosen because the colors are closer to those most often used in print and as a result RGB color definition generally requires sending less data to the printer It also turns out to be convenient for Windows to generate data because RGB color definition is the same as the display The printer does not have a gray scale and cannot print various hues of color Therefore only two bits per pixel are required To allow multicolor support three bits per pixel are available Compression reduces the data back to two bits After the data is decompressed in the printer each dot contains three bits of information The color print algorithm follows Color Bits Received Second Cartridge Color Red Green Blue Red Green Blue Black
223. out any of the codes except the check digit The printer prints an UPC bar code with the 11 digits sent to it and generates the check digit If fewer than 11 digits are sent the remaining digits will be zeros The printer prints an UPC that is about 130 the size of the UPC nominal standard which provides optimal readability Page 86 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Bar Codes UPC E UPC E is a zero suppression version of UPC The printer requires that the first digit is zero for number system zero If it is not zero the bar code is not printed The printer does the compression based on the compression rules for UPC E prints an UPC bar code based on the 11 digits sent to it and generates the check digit If fewer than 11 digits are sent the remaining digits will be zeros The printer prints an UPC that is about 130 the size of the UPC nominal standard which provides optimal readability EAN 13 EAN 13 is a fixed length numeric continuous code that employs four element widths The printer supports EAN 13 which is a superset of UPC that encodes 12 digits Typically the format starts with a number set digit which defines how the next six digits are encoded The next five digits have fixed encoding The last is a check digit The printer prints an EAN 13 bar code wit
224. out permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Graphics Ey ee PS PRLS f lacan A Cabo toed fs x ven i 7 5 C i ee r Hia p ETH ae gt WITH US eye a7 9 10 02337 94 Figure 19 Sample Receipt When printing line graphics the data path to the printer must be eight bits Seven bit serial protocols do not access the extended characters The extended characters require that the form be reverse fed Consequently printing line graphics on the receipt may be less than acceptable 06 01 00 Rev B Page 211 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Graphics POSet 1000 Programmers Guide APA Graphics The printer is capable of all points addressable APA or horizontal graphics Generating a graphic image by hand is time consuming and tedious It is recommended that a graphic package be used to create a graphic image The following procedure will help with the setup Procedure for APA graphics 1 Generate the graphic image in the program of your choice APA graphics only support monochrome images 2 Make sure the paper size chosen fits the printer 3 inches wide with 0 25 inch margins If the paper size cannot be set print a portion of the page 3 Print the graphic to a file using a generic IBM graphic 9 pin driver The standar
225. ows the printer to sense when the paper roll is between 1 50 and 0 75 inches 38 1 and 19 05 mm in diameter It is adjustable to compensate for various paper core dimensions Cash Drawer Drivers Page 12 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 General Specifications Interface Description The POSjet 1000 Printer supports dual cash drawers with status The driver in the printer is capable of supplying 24 V DC at up to 1 5 amps and 250 milliseconds The POSjet 1000 Printer defines cash drawer closed as switch open If the drawer is disconnected the printer considers it closed Since the printer does not act on the cash drawer status the application can interpret cash drawer status any way it wants Driver connector type standard Single RJ11 connector with 24V sink drivers Driver voltage 24 volts Refer to power supply specification Driver current 1 amp maximum with current limit Pulse duration 250 msec maximum Drawer status Open close drawer status provided to printer The cash drawer can be configured for one of three configurations The communications adapter board has a 14 pin head with a 10 pin jumper installed on it The jumper position defines the configuration of the cash drawer Pint Star Jumpers Figure 6 Cash Drawer Selection 06 01 00 Rev B
226. page 2 Service Information TransAct Technologies Incorporated has a full service organization to meet your printer service and repair requirements If your printer needs service please contact your service provider first If any problems still persist you can directly contact the Ithaca facility s Technical Support Department at 607 257 8901 or 877 7ithaca for a return authorization International customers should contact your distributor for services TransAct offers the following service programs to meet your needs Extended Warranty Depot Repair Maintenance Contract Internet Support 06 01 00 Rev B Page 1 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Overview POSjet 1000 Programmer s Guide Where can you find more information An Operator s Guide is available that describes the setup and use of the POSjet 1000 Printer It describes basic procedures such as changing the paper and replacing the ink cartridge A Maintenance Manual is also available however it is designed to help trained service technicians repair the printer For information about ordering these books refer to the next section In addition to the documentation listed above a number of drivers are available that will support various environments Windows 95 Print Driver with Documentation Part No 100 9167 Windows NT 4 0 Print Driver with Documentatio
227. part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes Miscellaneous Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Where n Description Note 1 Note 2 Page 94 POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Set control feature commands ESC y lt n gt 1BH 79H lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 121 gt lt n gt amp PYO 9 or amp YX lt m gt lt m gt lt m gt for numbers greater than nine ESC y lt n gt 0 Reinitializes the printer and forces Citizen mode 1 Reinitializes the printer and forces Star mode 2 Reinitializes the printer and forces POSjet 1000 mode 3 Reinitializes the printer and forces extended EPOS mode 4 Disables IPCL commands 5 Enables IPCL commands Note Once IPCL commands are disabled the command will not be a valid IPCL code 6 Disables inquire processing All command preprocessing is disabled 7 Enables inquire processing 8 Enables extended diagnostics 9 10 Notused 11 Overlays the current character chart with Group 2 OCR MA Characters 12 Replaces the OCR characters with normal characters 13 Not used 14 Forces head maintenance 15 16 Not used 17 Requests the printer to enter remote standby mode 18 Requests the printer to exit remote standby mode 19 255 Not used The ESC y lt n gt command enables and disables command set features It is possible that the IPCL commands will interfere with print data If this occurs the IPCL can be disabled with an ESC y lt 4 gt command
228. plication to control how far ahead of the printer it can get before being asked to wait The buffer size can be set from 256 to 6144 bytes not including the 64 character high speed buffer The smaller the buffer the tighter the control will be It is up to the developer to select the optimal buffer size for an application Serial Mode Plug and Play Microsoft has defined a Plug and Play PnP protocol to identify devices on serial links The enumeration process is designed to find and automatically configure a device driver for the printer It is done by toggling the control lines in a specific sequence that is recognized by the printer The peripheral then responds such that Windows can identify the device To allow the printer to look for and respond to the sequence EISA PnP must be enabled When enabled in serial mode the flow control is forced to Request to Send RTS with Data Terminal Ready DTR static Page 202 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Communication Protocol Using DSR Windows uses the host s Data Set Ready DSR line the printer s DTR line on the serial port to determine whether a device is attached to the port When Windows is booted or does PnP the system sets the host s DTR and RTS to zero and waits approximately 200 milliseconds It then sets the
229. pters There are two parallel interface adapters One is a 25 pin D shell connector The pin out is such that the printer interfaces to a standard IBM PC parallel printer interface with a one to one cable The second adapter provides the same interface with a standard centronics 36 pin connector Both adapters provide a dual cash drawer interface and an optional buzzer The following table lists Interface signals and pin definitions when 25 pin 36 pin Connector attempting to use Interface adapters Signal Connector Programmers Guide Description Direction Pin 1 Pin 1 STROBE Clock data to printer Host to Printer Pins 2 9 Pins 2 9 DO D7 Data Host to Printer Pin 10 Pin 10 ACK Printer accepted data Printer to Host Pin 11 Pin 11 BUSY Printer busy Printer to Host Pin 12 Pin 12 PE Paper Out Status Printer to Host Pin 13 Pin 13 SLCT Printer selected Printer to Host Pin 14 Pin 14 AUTOFD Autofeed paper Host to Printer Pin 15 Pin 32 FAULT Printer error Printer to Host Pin 16 Pin 31 INIT Initialize printer Host to Printer Pin 17 Pin 36 SLIN Select printer Host to Printer Pin 17 FG Frame ground Printer to Host Pin 18 5V Peripheral logic high Printer to Host Pins 18 25 Pins 16 19 30 GND Ground Table 9 Parallel Port Pin outs Signal Levels Voltage levels Logic levels 0 V and 5 V nominal Logic one Driver 2 4 V to 5 V Receiver 2 0 V 5 V Log
230. r lt Name gt lt 0 gt Run macro data from user store 81 ESC US s lt Name gt lt 0 gt Flag item as a start up macro 81 ESC g lt 0 gt Process user macro 84 ESC g lt 1 gt Start macro record 84 ESC g lt 2 gt Stop macro record 84 ESC g lt 3 gt Stop macro record and save 84 Bar Codes ESC b lt n gt ETX Print bar code 85 ESC EM B lt n gt Set bar code height 88 ESC EM J lt n gt Set bar code justification HRI print 88 mode and print direction Miscellaneous Control BEL Audio Alert Option 91 CAN Clear print buffer 90 ESC x lt n gt Open cash drawer 91 ESC q lt n gt Query marker 90 ESC w lt n gt Enable dynamic response 96 ESC y lt n gt Control feature commands 94 Page 32 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Overview ESC X lt n1 gt lt n2 gt Set left right print margin 89 ESC BEL lt n1 gt lt n2 gt lt n3 gt Configure audio alert 92 ESC 8 Disable paper out sensor 89 ESC 9 Enable paper out sensor 89 ESC lt n gt Enable extended diagnostics 95 ESC lt lt n gt Enable print suppress and 93 data pass through SOH lt n gt Begin multidrop control 96 Series 50 Compatibility BS Cash drawer command 97 BEL Cash drawer
231. ransAct Technologies Incorporated Control Codes POSet 1000 Programmer s Guide Function Set form length in inches ASCII ESC C NUL lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 43H lt 0 gt lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 67 gt lt 0 gt lt n gt IPCL amp SI lt m gt lt m gt EPOS none Description The ESC C NUL lt n gt command sets the form length to lt n gt inches If the current page position is greater than the new page length the command also sets the current position as the top of form If zero inches are specified the form feed and vertical tab commands are ignored Function Begin auto line feed ASCII ESC 5 lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 35H lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 53 gt lt n gt IPCL amp MA Begin IPCL amp CA End EPOS none Description The ESC 5 lt l gt command sets auto line feed mode ESC 5 lt 0 gt command ends auto line feed mode Note 1 The begin and end auto line feed command overrides the configuration setting Function Reverse line feed ASCII ESC Hexadecimal 1BH5DH Decimal lt 27 gt lt 93 gt IPCL amp LR EPOS none Description The ESC command performs a reverse line feed at the current line spacing Note 1 The POSjet 1000 Printer can tolerate no more than 1 2 inch of reverse feed Page 40 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programm
232. ransact s Ithaca Facility 100 02349 6 Pack Cartridges Supplier Stock Number 6 Pack Black Transact s Ithaca Facility 100 02348 6 Pack Red Transact s Ithaca Facility 100 02350 Table 13 Ordering Cartridges New Ink Cartridges can be ordered from HP at www hp pos com 06 01 00 Rev B Page 25 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Control Codes Overview POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Cables 110V Power Cable USA 98 02174 220V Power Cable Australia 98 02178 230V Power Cable nternational 98 02175 230V Power Cable ND South Africa 98 02179 240V Power Cable UK 98 02176 Parallel Communication Cable 25 PIN Parallel Cable Straight thru 253 9800007 36 PIN Parallel Cable Centronics type 253 9800002 Serial Communication Cable PC 9 pin Female to 9 pin Female 10 2020 PC 9 pin Female to 25 pin Female 10 2021 Table 14 Ordering Cables Domestic and International power cables available Call for more information Page 26 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Overview Chapter 5 Control Codes Overview This programmer s guide is designed to help users of the POSjet 1000 Printer develop applications
233. raphic data Where lt color gt is a byte that specifies the color of the data being sent lt color gt 0 Use Previously Selected Color 1 Red 2 Green 4 Blue 16 Single Color Black White Note 1 Red green and blue pixels set to one at the same location result in white dot While red green and blue pixels set to zero form a black dot For black print one represents a black dot and zero represents a white dot Note 2 More than one color may be set at a time Setting the color to six would set green and blue simultaneously Where lt length gt is a byte specifying the length of the data including the format byte lt length gt 0 to 254 255 is reserved for future use Where lt format gt is a byte specifying the format of the graphics data lt format gt 0 for raw data 1 for bit wise RLE compression 8 for byte wise RLE compression 254 for difference compression 255 for same as previous scan line data Where lt data gt is the data bytes that define the graphics to be printed 06 01 00 Rev B Page 73 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes Graphic Mode Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL Description Where lt m gt Note 1 Example Note 2 Note 3 Page 74 POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Set horizontal graphic mode ESC lt m gt lt 0 gt lt 0 gt 1BH 2AH lt m gt l
234. reprocessed to look for status inquire commands and placed in the buffer When the buffer input function finds that the buffer is getting full it notifies the communication driver to implement flow control Flow control attempts to stop further information from being sent from the host The print control software takes information from the buffer as it needs it and can use it When the buffer output function finds that the buffer is getting low it notifies the communication driver that the information flow can be resumed if it was stopped and allows more information to be placed in the buffer The POSjet 1000 Printer has a configurable input buffer The printer can be configured to allow from 40 to 8000 bytes of input buffer Consequently up to 8000 characters or control codes can be sent to the printer before they are interpreted and printed In effect the host computer can get 8000 characters ahead of the printer In all cases the buffer resumes communications when it is half empty For example if the buffer is configured to be 2K the printer will signal stop when 2048 bytes are in the buffer resume will be signaled when 1024 bytes remain Inquire commands are preprocessed which means they are found in the input data stream and acted upon as they are received The status returned is valid as of the time the command is received This is termed real time status even though inquire commands are preprocessed and still placed in the buffer
235. resolution Note 1 If the POSjet 1000 Printer is used with programs that convert text to graphics the printer is slower than if the printer is sent ASCII text The POSjet 1000 Printer is supported by a Windows print driver that allows applications to select supported fonts Note 2 Generally the horizontal graphic commands provide faster print than the APA graphic commands Standard APA Graphics Function Print single density graphics 60h x 72v dpi ASCII ESC K lt n gt lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 4BH lt n gt lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 75 gt lt n gt lt n gt IPCL none Description The ESC K lt n gt lt n gt command prints lt n gt 256 lt n gt bytes of single density graphics 60 dpi Page 68 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL Description 06 01 00 Contol Codes Graphic Mode POSjet 1000 Print half speed double density graphics 120h x 72v dpi ESC L lt n gt lt n gt 1BH 4CH lt n gt lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 716 gt lt n gt lt n gt none The ESC L lt n gt lt n gt command prints lt n gt 256 lt n gt bytes of double density graphics 120 dpi at
236. ret oe cian tic E E rnc ais ac ne ne E E E 208 Tea Te UL EE AAE E yhecc a Latent ones td datas pecs A ca dalas aida ad da uamen Rae Man Saas oan 209 EVI EET D NAAA E vy wackaaaet EE T E a eee 209 Character Graphics sis decccedaciaindssxeaetesangavadesasiasdes a Eare aI aN ra ET AARE sedans 209 APA Graphics iener n t n E E es ee Ss 212 Procedure for APA graphics eesssseeeeseeesssssssereereessssssesrreeeessssseseereeessse 212 Color Graphics eee e aa A E E A OREN Ea 212 Procedure for color horizontal graphics sssseeeeseeesssssseesreeesssssseesrreess 214 Append A Seto Bact acto cee erie E cea cd ae ie E ei 216 Code Page Definition Tables iescacc wha as carewaa dtu tuasdacsanta Gad edad aac 216 PRIDE TUR E Seow seta eis uta cit la seach atic E E oat aes actin ha eae E RO 218 ASCI Code Table visscctsistietedieitacncaitid a eiid 218 I Eata D ca disvea esica psaetcadamedc ova yeanncesiocos aya ed vantvn Sevetaun E A 220 Page viii Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Tables Table of Tables Table 1 Character Specifications 5 03 4assecdcsacanesaaqusessingcasedsasesnacsnaiceadeaccgnssansostasedeecnisangtoress 5 Table 2 Print Speed Specifications eeeeeseeeeseseesssereessssreesssrrerssereessserersserreesssreeessereessee 5 Tabled Possible Character Pitches trende r e
237. rint Modes 5 and 6 rotate the 12 x 12 draft or 12 x 14 large draft and maintain the aspect ratio of the fonts Modes 5 and 6 require two passes by the print cartridge which slows the print time considerably The font that is rotated by Mode 5 or 6 is selected by the ESC I lt n gt command lt n gt may be zero or one NLQ fonts cannot be rotated 90 or 270 The current pitch sets the spacing between lines If eight characters per inch cpi is set the printer produces the equivalent of eight lines per inch lpi rotated print 06 01 00 Rev B Page 45 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Character Attributes International Character Sets and Code Pages The POSjet 1000 Printer supports 65 different international character sets In IBM and EPOS printers there are two ways of selecting a character set One way substitutes international characters in the upper 128 characters of a standard character set The substitution technique supports a few different countries However as more and more countries were added too many characters were being replaced It became a problem for the application to match the characters displayed and printed To solve the problem a second method of selecting a character set was developed code pages The printer and display use the same code page The app
238. rinter checks the keypad and enters normal operation or extended tests Level 0 Diagnostics Level 0 diagnostics always and only run at power up They are not run as part of standby recovery Level 0 diagnostics perform the following tasks Cold Power On Basic System Integrity Vector Integrity RAM Test Flash Boot Loader Integrity Flash Firmware Integrity Start Normal Firmware Verify Configuration Integrity Interface Adapter Configuration User store Integrity Start Kernel Verify Multitasking Start Tasks Once the kernel is running the following tests must pass to allow operation However if any test fails except the knife home test the remaining tests will generate recoverable faults and normal operation will start as soon as the fault is cleared These tests are also run when operation is resumed from standby 12 Cartridge Integrity 13 Cover Closed Check 14 Knife Home if installed 15 Carriage Home 16 Schedule Cartridge Maintenance 17 Paper Present 18 Place Printer On line Start Normal Operation SSAA Be Se gt The flash test has two phases The first phase determines that the boot loader is accurate and the second verifies that the printer firmware is correct All tests up to and including the boot loader test generate non recoverable errors when they fail The power must be removed from the printer and the printer must be returned for service
239. rinting double high characters to ensure that the top and bottom of the characters are aligned lt n gt 0 is the default setting Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide POSet 1000 Contol Codes Paper Sensor Commands Function Set left margin EPOS ONLY ASCII ESC 1 lt n gt Hexadecimal 1DH 6CH lt n gt Decimal lt 29 gt lt 108 gt lt n gt Range O lt ns 255 Description The ESC 1 lt n gt command sets the left margin using lt n gt The left margin is set to lt n gt characters from the beginning of the line Function Set right margin EPOS ONLY ASCII ESC Q lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 51H lt n gt Decimal lt 29 gt lt 81 gt lt n gt Range 0 lt n lt 255 Description The ESC Q lt n gt command sets the right margin using lt n gt The right margin is set to lt n gt characters from the beginning of the line Function Return home ASCII ESC lt Hexadecimal 1BH 3CH Decimal lt 27 gt lt 60 gt Description The ESC lt command moves the print head to the home position 06 01 00 Rev B Page 139 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Paper Sensor Commands Bit Image Commands
240. rmission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes User Store and Macros Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Note 1 Page 82 POSet 1000 Programmer s Guide Delete item from user store ESC US d lt Name gt lt 0 gt 1BH 1FH 64H lt 27 gt lt 31 gt lt 100 gt amp PUD lt Name gt lt 0 gt GS 1 lt Name gt lt 0 gt is from one to 15 characters and must be null terminated The ESC US d lt Name gt lt 0 gt command removes an item from user store and frees up space If the item does not exist the command does nothing Flush information from user store ESC US f ALL lt 0 gt 1BH 1FH 66H 00H lt 27 gt lt 31 gt lt 102 gt lt 0 gt amp PUF GS 5 The ESC US f ALL lt 0 gt command clears all entries in user store and frees the data space It must have the name ALL in uppercase attached Report on user store ESC US q lt Name gt lt 0 gt 1BH 1FH 72H lt 27 gt lt 31 gt lt 114 gt amp UQ lt Name gt lt 0 gt GS 3 The ESC US q lt Name gt lt 0 gt command prints a status report The file name is ignored and may be omitted The NUL must be present The intention of the command is to aid in macro development The report is also printed as part of the configurat
241. rogrammer s Guide Optional Features The optional features either replace a standard feature or enhance the operation of the printer All optional features are installed at the factory and must be selected when the printer is ordered e Autocutter partial cut e Two color printing e Two Color Ready e USB interface e Adjustable paper low sensor e Kitchen buzzer The PJ1000 printer is available with a dual pen carriage but without the second pen installed This printer is termed Color Ready See the configuration section for changing a Color Ready printer to two color Page 4 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 General Specifications Chapter 3 General Specifications Printing Specifications Printing method Thermal ink jet Cartridge arrangement 12 nozzle Print dot diameter 0 34 mm 0 012 inch Print dot pitch 0 244 mm 0 0096 inch Printing directions bidirectional logic seeking Print zone maximum 63 5 mm 2 5 inch Characters per second Refer to Table 1 Characters per line Refer to Table 1 Characters per inch Refer to Table 1 Print Pitch Capability Maximum Approximate Characters per Inch Characters per Characters per z 5 Line 2 5 inch Print 2 Single wide Double wide Second Zone 13 0 6 5 32 100 14 86 7 43 37 315 17 3 8
242. rs the horizontal graphic command interface gives full color support for printer graphics Full color support is provided to establish a full color standard for future printers Color data is sent in one of three color planes Typically a red plane or scan line is sent then green and blue The sequence of lines defines one row of dots that is printed on the paper The horizontal graphic commands do not include resolution information Therefore only once before sending graphics data set the graphics resolution by sending the ESC command with a zero length no data The graphic resolution sets the internal graphic mode of the printer The printer stays in graphic mode until it is changed by another command Note the bar code generation and other graphic commands change graphics mode The format of the horizontal graphic command follows For additional Information on Color Graphics See Color Graphics on page 212 Page 72 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Graphic Mode Function Process horizontal graphics data ASCII ESC h lt color gt lt length gt lt format gt lt data gt Hexadecimal 1BH 68H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 104 gt IPCL None EPOS None Description The ESC h lt color gt lt length gt lt format gt lt data gt command processes horizontal g
243. rtridge Performance eeceesseecceeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeeeeeeenaaaees 167 Lane Feed Buntonics iic ecetncicesta laste esi we bien eae Ree a esi 167 New Cartridge Button ecin yi gpateede Wangs aE EE Tei pE eas 167 Using the New Cartridge Button ssssseeesseesssssseeerrersssssseereeesssssseeeeeeesssssssee 167 Cartridge Status Monitoring s eesssseresssreirssreesrseretsrsereesserresessreesssereeesse 167 Ink Cartridge Installation Specifics and Recommendations eee 168 Using the New Cartridge Button in Self Test Mode 0 ee eeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeees 169 Placing the POSjet in Self Test Mode ssc s0sasssncssecceeaeesndeseaseczisedotvaeas 169 Using New Cartridge Button in Self Test Mode eeeeesseeceessneeeeeeenneeees 170 Exiting Self Test Mode setina uias nesia ni a e lin vena daca 170 Using New Cartridge Button to Change POSjet Configurations 171 Indicat r Lrehts LED irda a E E E a aa 172 The five POSjet indicator lights are cece eeesceeccceeeeeeeeesnnneeeeeeeeeeeeees 172 Power Indicator LED rinrin ner a a i i 172 Error Indicator LED ETE E E EEA 172 Paper deat BN 5 5 255 cus A E weenie ous E EN ai 172 Cartridge Indicators LED left and right 2 0 0 sseeccceeeeeeeesenteeeeeeeeeeeeees 172 Understanding Fault Indicatots a t tia deve stasie casi nidnavianateasi 173 Fully recoverable and Stans 55 5015 deiesecsidhoandeseasastssdsdeacedeteasgoudonsatedeseaseduses
244. sable the download character set Control Codes Used for Peripheral Units ASCII Command Description ESC BEL lt n gt lt n2 gt 1BH 07H lt n gt lt n gt Adjust drive pulse width for peripheral unit 1 Other Control Code BEL 07H Defer drive command for peripheral unit 1 FS 1CH Immediate drive for peripheral unit 1 SUB 1AH Immediate drive for peripheral unit 2 EM 19H Immediate drive for peripheral unit 1 ASCII Command Hex Code Description RS 1EH Sound buzzer CAN 18H Cancel print data in buffer and initialize printer DC3 13H Set deselect mode DC1 11H Set select mode ESC U 1 1BH 55H 31H Select unidirectional print mode ESC U lt 1 gt 1BH 55H 01H Select unidirectional print mode ESC U 0 1BH 55H 30H Select bidirectional print mode ESC U lt 0 gt 1BH 55H 00H Select bidirectional print mode ESC 1BH 40H Initialize printer ENQ 05H Inquire printer status STX 02H Enter STX ETX mode ETX 03H Terminate STX ETX mode ESC b lt ny gt lt n2 gt 1 BH 62H n nN2 N3 N4 Select bar code printing lt ng gt lt n4 gt d 1 RS d1 1EH ESC d 0 1BH 64H 30H Trigger autocutter drive ESC d lt 0 gt 1BH 64H 00H Trigger autocutter drive ESC d 1 1BH 64H 31H Trigger autocutter drive ESC d lt 1 gt 1BH 64H 01H Trigger autocutter drive GS LF 1DH 0AH Select character validatio
245. seesnneeeeeeeeeeeeeesnnaeeeeeeeeeeeeees 201 Flow Chart 3 Inquire PLOW ss cjcscoes saaucecscscaeds es iasanceeceoaaea nsaadathe eiseeeaaadae eaten saadsans 204 Page x Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Overview Chapter 1 Overview of the POSjet 1000 Printer Who should read this book This book is intended for system engineers or integrators It contains the information needed to integrate the POSjet 1000 Printer with a point of sale terminal and to program the terminal to communicate with the printer What does this book cover This programmer s guide provides the following material e Start up information including diagnostics and fault conditions e Command descriptions e Character fonts e Printer features e Parallel and RS 232 interface information e Communications and buffers e Command code reference tables Warranty Information All POSjet 1000 Printers come with a standard 24 month standard warranty covering both parts and labor that starts upon shipment from the factory An optional extended warranty covering both parts and labor for an additional 12 months may be purchased separately For more information concerning the warranty options please contact the Sales Department at TransAct s Ithaca facility See Contacting TransAct s Ithaca facility on
246. sending data to the printer as soon as possible Because the host may not notice the DTR signal until it has transmitted several bytes of data to the printer the printer continues to except up to 255 5 bytes of data after it indicates that it is not ready Figure 15 Serial Port Flow Control Using DTR illustrates how the Ready Busy protocol works and Figure 16 XON XOFF Serial Port Flow Control illustrates how the XON XOFF protocol works Communications Printer Control Port Software Serial Data In Data Serial Inquire Data Out Response ENQ Response Buffer Not Used for Buffer Getting Full 40 8K DTR Buffer Getting Empty RTS Select Key RTS Request to Send DTR Data Terminal Ready Figure 15 Serial Port Flow Control Using DTR 15 The buffer always signals it is full before it overflows The size of the reserve depends on the buffer size selected It is always at least 255 bytes Page 198 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Communication Protocol Communications Printer Control Port Software Serial Data In ___ Data Data ENQ g dadgite Proc Print Serial Commands Buffer Data Out_ E Saa ENQ Response ii Buffer Getting Full DTR Buffer Getting Empty RTS Select Key Not Used for Flow Control RTS Request to Send DTR Data Ter
247. seree 180 Manual Emulation Set aee na aiken ali E R Ae aa 180 Remote Conf Surat On sciie2s5sdeet sd edehesivetied si irisi iisi adii ianiai 180 Color Ready Configuration ococcciieccdecesgcseees desde cetbesencbdeesdaces beseech dees ectbeeenssdbeenes 180 COME SUT ale PS AUTOS ois ide sy cas actor ic ain ear as BON nce wed ec oe Gee E E N 182 Chapter UO aa were teases a sates aang Wages aah ates Aouad saan a E E E NAE VEEG an 189 Communication Protocol and Print Buffers 0 eeeeeccscecccceeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeeeeeees 189 Parallel Port sjsgtascgeaet 6 cccughts sieeed ss sededetateicdedtceitis etaed beads Maced EEn Eiai eae 192 ParallelsPOrt Protoce linsi23 ian tiatiaie ne dake ae ea ee eae 192 Printer UCL SIZE soils aloes aaee acetals ieee y bed eelecsent eass gaei es 194 Parallel Port Inquire IEEE 1284 9 25 sa setdsacscadiccsseesaicea Hesecdinadicadisassecsaeic 194 B ffet sss apse ees ens iora a a e a at aE eae a Ea RTE eS 195 Mode Ae ct Ae easel E E ton ota E TE E E ieee ce e 195 M de Osor notes E E E A eer DRE A A A R TE 195 Timeouts nie a Se ee Re a a 196 Active Stale iiciviiicngivde dake s aiaiai aisis 196 Hiquire Responses i nn asne ee aes E e E SEERA AE ERSE 196 Parallel Port Plug and Play coirte n teaseszy yas Sots eerte aeandetahastendgasasderewesaniyatargeieds 197 The Plug and Play response follows eseseeeeeeeeessssserssesreesssrresrssrressssrerssse 197 Serial POL A A E 198 Serial Port Protocol dieser Ave err e e E E ER 198
248. serersssererrssrresssereessserersssrreesseree 14 Figure 8 Temperature and Humidity Ranges eeessseeeeesseeeesereesssrresssereerssrrersssrreerserees 18 Fig re 9 Keypad layout ceria o a a ASEA ERa aet 166 Figure LO Typical POS Systemen issiestsnisor opresi eo isie e paseis 189 Figure 1 Host t Printer Aik asc sine noana aa paai aia 190 Figure 12 Printer Communications Buffer FlOW eseeessseeseessessessrerssereeessererssserersssee 191 Figure 13 Parallel port Data Timing eeessseesessseessssreressreesrsereesssrresssereesssereesssereessseee 193 Figure 14 Parallel Port ACK Timing Options ssseessseessssssseseeerssssssserereesssssssererreesss 194 Figure 15 Serial Port Flow Control Using DTR ssseeeeesssessesssersssrrrssssrreessereeessrreessseee 198 Figure 16 XON XOFF Serial Port Flow Control eeeeseseeeeseesseesessresssereesssererrsserersssree 199 Figure 17 Example of Character Graphics x 2 2 2 24 caste dain atin nasi catinadawad 209 Figure 18 Example Commands for a Sample Receipt 0 ccc eeeeeeceeseneeeeeeeseeeeeeeeaes 210 Fig re 19 Sample Recoil asnasa entre ana e aa R RE REES EEEE a 211 Figure 20 Receipt with graphics ssseeesessseessssseesssrressssreesrsrressssrresrsereesssereesssereesseree 215 Table of Flow Charts Flow Chart 1 Serial Buffer Operation esssesssessesesseersssrerssseressssrressssrresssereesssrreesssree 200 Flow Chart 2 Print Controller Using Data eeececcccccccceees
249. settings of bits O and 1 of the command are not effective Bit On Off Hexadecimal Decimal Function 0 Off 00H lt 0 gt Paper roll near end sensor disabled On 01H lt I gt Paper roll near end sensor enabled 1 Off 00H lt 0 gt Paper roll near end sensor disabled On 02H lt 2 gt Paper roll near end sensor enabled 2 Off 00H lt 0 gt Paper roll end sensor disabled On 04H lt 4 gt Paper roll end sensor enabled 3 Off 00H lt 0 gt Paper roll end sensor disabled On 08H lt 8 gt Paper roll end sensor enabled 4 7 2 Undefined Table 30 Paper Sensor Commands 06 01 00 Rev B Page 135 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes Paper Sensor Commands POSet 1000 Programmer s Guide Print Position Commands Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description Page 136 Set absolute print position EPOS ONLY ESC lt n gt lt n gt 1BH 24H lt n gt lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 36 gt lt n gt lt n gt 0 lt n lt 255 0 lt m lt 255 The ESC lt n gt lt n gt command sets the print starting position from the beginning of the line Set relative print position EPOS ONLY ESC lt n gt lt n gt 1BH 5CH lt n gt lt n gt lt 27
250. should be printed in ten or 12 cpi By enabling enhanced print the characters have improved definition but print at a slower speed Character Name Location Hex Dec ASCII Equivalent 06 01 00 0 Number 0 30H 48 0 1 Number 1 31H 49 1 2 Number 2 32H 50 2 3 Number 3 33H 51 3 4 Number 4 34H 52 4 5 Number 5 35H 53 5 6 Number 6 36H 54 6 7 Number 7 37H 55 7 8 Number 8 38H 56 8 9 Number 9 39H 57 9 A Letter A 41H 65 A B Letter B 42H 66 B C Letter C 43H 67 C D Letter D 44H 68 D E Letter E 45H 69 E F Letter F 46H 70 F G Letter G 47H 71 G H Letter H 48H 72 H Letter 49H 73 l Letter J 4AH 74 J Rev B Page 55 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSjet 1000 Programmer s Guide Character Attributes Character Name Location Hex Dec ASCII Equivalent K Letter K 4BH 75 K L Letter L 4CH 76 L M Letter M 4DH 77 M N Letter N 4EH 78 N 0 Letter O 4FH 79 O P Letter P 50H 80 P Q Letter Q 51H 81 Q R Letter R 52H 82 R S Letter S 53H 83 S T Letter T 54H 84 T U Letter U 55H 85 U V Letter V 56H 86 V W Letter W 57H 87 Ww X Letter X 58H 88 x Yy Letter Y 59H 89 Y Z Letter Z 5AH 90 Z 2 Symbol Hook 7EH 126 fi Symbol Chair 60H 96 t Symbol Fork 5FH 95 P
251. ssue a load item command with the name of the character set to be loaded Rev B Page 77 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes User Store and Macros Function ASCII Function ASCII Function ASCII Function ASCII Description Function ASCII Description Note 1 Page 78 POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Load item from user store ESC US 1 lt Name gt lt 0 gt If the item referenced is a user defined character set it is loaded into the current definition If it is a macro it is loaded into the macro buffer It is not processed or printed To help maintain the user store area the following commands can be used Flag as a start up macro ESC US s lt Name gt lt 0 gt The ESC US s lt Name gt lt 0 gt command flags the referenced item to be processed at startup No more than one user character definition and user data item may be flagged Remove item from user store ESC US e lt Name gt lt 0 gt The ESC US e lt Name gt lt 0 gt command removes an item from user store and frees up its space Flush information from user store ESC US f ALL lt 0 gt The ESC US f ALL lt 0 gt command clears all of the information to the user store and frees the data space Report on user store ESC US q lt 0 gt The ESC US q lt 0 gt prints or r
252. subsequent characters to be printed at twice the currently selected character width For example ten cpi becomes five cpi 17 cpi becomes 8 5 cpi etc The SO command remains in effect until A valid line terminator is received CR LF or ESC J lt n gt fine line feed The command is canceled or The maximum number of characters per line is reached and the printer performs an autoprint Rev B Page 57 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Character Attributes Function Cancel one line double wide print ASCII DC4 Hexadecimal 14H Decimal lt 20 gt IPCL amp MN EPOS none Description The DC4 command cancels one line double wide mode set by the SO command and allows single and double wide characters to be printed on the same line Function Multiline double wide and double high mode ASCII ESC W lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 57H lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 87 gt lt n gt IPCL amp FD n 1 amp FS n 0 amp FH n 3 Note Single wide double high mode is not available in IPCL mode EPOS ESC lt n gt Description The ESC W lt n gt command controls multiline double wide or double high mode Where n specifies the mode n 0 is standard single wide and single high n begins double wide n 2 begins double high and n 3 begins double wide double h
253. t information ETX command prints information as a bar code The bar code is centered on the print zone Where n 0 Interleaved 2 of 5 Numeric 0 9 only must be even number of digits 1 Code 39 26 uppercase letters A Z 10 digits 0 9 2 Code 128 Three sets of 106 different characters 3 UPC A Numeric 0 9 only 11 digits 4 EAN 13 Numeric 0 9 only 12 digits 5 UPC E Numeric 0 9 only 11 digits 6 EAN 8 Numeric 0 9 only 6 digits 7 Code 93 26 letters 10 digits 0 9 and 7 special characters 8 Codabar 10 digits 0 9 4 start stop characters A B C and D and 6 special characters 06 01 00 Rev B Page 85 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Bar Codes Interleaved 2 of 5 Inteleaved 2 of 5 is a high density self checking continuous numeric bar code It is mainly used where fixed length numeric fields are required The data field must be an even number of characters If an odd data field is sent to the POSjet 1000 Printer it will be zero padded Due to space limitations only 20 characters can be printed Note Interleaved 2 of 5 does not read well in fast mode Code 39 Code 39 is an alphanumeric bar code It is a discrete self checking variable length code The printer prints the complete data field Due to space limitations only ten characters can be printed
254. t indicates the number of bytes of bar code data to be processed immediately following lt n gt lt d gt indicates the character code to be printed GS k lt m gt lt d gt gt lt d gt NUL GS k lt m gt lt n gt lt d gt lt d gt If the horizontal width exceeds the printing area the printer only feeds the paper These commands feed as much paper as necessary to print the bar code according to the GS h command These commands are enabled only when no data exists in the print buffer When data does exist in the print buffer the printer processes the data following lt m gt as normal data After printing a bar code the print position is set at the beginning of the line These commands are not effected by print modes emphasized underline character size etc except for upside down mode Rev B The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Page 149 Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Status Commands Function Select printing position of HRI characters EPOS ONLY ASCII GS H lt n gt Hexadecimal 1DH 48H lt n gt Decimal lt 29 gt lt 72 gt lt n gt Range O lt n lt 3 48 lt n lt 51 Description The GS H lt n gt command selects the printing position of HRI Human Readable Interpretation characters when printing a bar code lt n gt selects the printing position as follows lt n gt Printin
255. t 0 gt lt 0 gt lt 27 gt lt 42 gt lt m gt lt 0 gt lt 0 gt none The ESC lt m gt lt 0 gt lt 0 gt command selects one of the three graphic modes specified by lt m gt The two bytes after the mode must be zero 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 Standard Graphic Modes See above 8 9 Not supported 10 104 x 96 dpi 1 horizontal 1 vertical pass 11 208 x 96 dpi 2 horizontal 1 vertical pass 12 104 x 192 dpi 1 horizontal 2 vertical passes 13 208 x 192 dpi 2 horizontal 2 vertical passes 14 15 16 Not supported Only modes 10 thorough 13 should be selected for horizontal graphics Command Comment ESC lt 10 gt lt 0 gt lt 0 gt Set resolution to 100 x 96 dpi ESC h lt 1 gt lt 9 gt lt 0 gt lt eight data bytes gt Send 8 bytes red pixels ESC h lt 2 gt lt 9 gt lt 0 gt lt eight data bytes gt Send 8 bytes green pixels ESC h lt 3 gt lt 9 gt lt 0 gt lt eight data bytes gt Send 8 bytes blue pixels LF Send line feed to force print of any buffered data not yet printed Graphic data is committed to paper when more than 12 dot rows have been transmitted to the printer If less than 12 dot rows have been sent they are not printed until the line is terminated i e a line feed command is sent To make graphics faster to send and smaller to store several algorithms are included with the graphic command to compress the data Although the printer compression algorithms are documented it is recommended that our Windo
256. t Denmitons 6 coejesh seas Vele coe veeasetesssteadpetsicon tendon vaagetice 153 Table 50 Macro Control Bit Definitions 00 0 0 ee ee eeeeceeseneeeeessceeeeessaeeeeesssaeeeeenenaes 156 Table 51 User defined Bit image Resolutions ccceceeeeeeeesncceeeeeeeeeeeeennneeeeeeeeeeeeeee 160 Table 52 Table x indicator lights and ink cartridge status cc ceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeees 174 Table 53 Error Indicator Chart 0 0 s ccecsu sarod eatecaieate ce cadecditacs de meetaimecamssauieiee 175 Table 54 Extended Diagnostics 5 sssiascssecedsccisesvsssdexedaccabsavevduccdsccebvessenianetaseabectevedeseans 177 Table 55 Commer SO pliOns xg cid oe vauguciot Sous eas dec eNecn aa eae ptt orate ls 188 Table 30 Paralle port TININ E eiis seta caves ataad ed east aes 194 Table57 Color Bits Received 2 44 4c ies aak okie d E Eaa eae 213 Table of Figures mires Draft 12X12 OTN ss ec toga hie ah ner RU ea ae cart elt tad te cat tie gc Ae Stee Sede 7 Figure 2 Large T2 X14 Font i E A eek Aloe A EE E E ER 7 Figure 3 NLQ 24 X 16 Pont esi seicesstec ieee ead eee ulteet dies idasi eset dene 8 Pigure 4 Printer Dimensions v jeaidettie aaron ited len este ive alien ie edad 9 Fig re gt Receipt Printable Ate der s doedsce sess sedaedyhecde utos ires uosis topire sieeve reso uiteet 12 Figure 6 Cash Drawer Selection ssssseeeeesserssssresrssrrtssssretssserersssrtessseteesssrressserressseree 13 Figure 7 Cash Drawer Pin Assignment eesssseeessserss
257. t be configured Black It is not possible to configure the printer to operate with two black cartridges If a second black cartridge is installed the printer will not maintain it and the cartridge will dry out and become unusable Do not store a spare cartridge in the second position To place a cartridge in the second position it must be unsealed However once the seal is broken the cartridge begins drying 8 Custom second colors when available should select the closest primary color Not yet available Page 22 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Overview Installing Paper Before you attempt to load the paper roll make sure that the printer is plugged in and that the power indicator light is green If this is a new instillation a small receipt roll is supplied with the printer 1 Open rear cover of printer 2 Insert the new paper roll so that the paper unwinds from the bottom and rests on the top of the front cover Make sure paper is to the top front edge of the front cover This is done to give the printer enough room to complete the automatic loading process and prepare for operation 3 Close the rear paper roll compartment cover The printer will automatically load the paper through the feeding mechanism If the paper does not feed repeat th
258. t command DC2 12H Set inverted character s DC3 13H Set print color to red CAN 18H Cancel print data in buffer and initialize printer ESC P 0 1BH 50H 00H Trigger a full paper cut ESC P 1 1BH 50H 01H Trigger a partial paper cut ESC lt n gt 1BH 2DH lt n gt Select underline mode ESC lt n gt lt n2 gt 1BH 2AH lt ny gt lt no gt Select a graphic command ESC 1 1BH 31H Set 1 9 inch paper feed ESC 2 1BH 32H Set 2 9 inch paper feed ESC C lt n gt 1BH 43H lt n gt Set page length ESC f 1 1BH 66H 01H Set form feed ESC N lt n gt 1BH 4EH lt n gt Set lt n gt line skip perforation ESC O 1BH 4FH Skip perforation cancel command RS 1EH Sound the buzzer SUB 1AH Trigger second drawer drive FS 1CH Trigger first drawer quick drive ESC BEL lt n gt lt n2 gt 1BH 07H lt n1 gt lt n2 gt Set drive pulse setting for the first drawer BEL 7H Trigger first drawer drive 06 01 00 Rev B Page 165 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Operator Panel Controls POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Chapter 7 Operator Panel Controls Keypad Overview The keypad contains two buttons and five LED indicator lights Although not located on the keypad the third button is the Power button The Power button is located on the front face of the printer s cabinet New Cartridge erie gt e C
259. t indicator It is always on or blinking if a fault has occurred Three types of faults exist Fully recoverable faults Paper out or cover open Semi recoverable faults head jam Non recoverable faults component failure Fully recoverable and Status A fully recoverable error will restart printing exactly where it stopped when the error occurred Printing will resume after error has been properly addressed A status recoverable error is very similar to a fully recoverable error Additionally status is used to display when the printer consumables may need replacing Semi recoverable A semi recoverable error is determined by whether or not the printer has to be shut off and turned back on while attending to the problem The amount of information lost is dependent on the type of error and the state of the information being processed Non recoverable A non recoverable error produces information loss If during normal operation the error indicator is lit and the power indicator is blinking a minor error occurred The POWER indicator shows the error by blinking a pattern Pressing the POWER button restarts the printer Blink patterns are defined as follows 4 1 Blink 1 blink pause 2 Blink 2 blinks pause 3 Blink 3 blinks pause 14 The blink rate is effected by the data received The faster the data the faster the printer blinks 06 01 00 Rev B Page 173 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in
260. t is printed Once the user defined characters have been defined they are available until ESC is executed the user defined characters are redefined the power is turned off or the printer is reset Each internal font draft large draft and NLQ has its own 32 character storage area If possible the currently selected font will be used to select which user defined font is defined If the font being defined is not suitable for the currently selected mode a suitable font will be temporarily selected for the definition If lt y gt 2 the 12 x 12 draft font or the 12 x 14 large draft font can be defined If lt y gt 3 only the 16 x 24 NLQ font can be defined If lt y gt 2 and the NLQ font is active the large draft user defined font will be loaded If lt y gt 3 and a draft font is active the NLQ user defined font will be loaded To aid in defining and generating user fonts a font generation program is available from our web site or by contacting TransAct s Ithaca facility Please see Contacting TransAct s Ithaca facility on page 2 Rev B Page 53 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Character Attributes Function Cancel user defined characters ASCII ESC Hexadecimal 1BH 24H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 36 gt IPCL none Description The ESC command removes all
261. t of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Note 06 01 00 Contol Codes User Store and Macros POSjet 1000 Run macro data from user store ESC US r lt Name gt lt 0 gt 1BH 1FH 72H lt 27 gt lt 31 gt lt 114 gt amp UR lt Name gt lt 0 gt GS O0 lt Name gt lt 0 gt is from one to 15 characters and must be null terminated The ESC US r lt Name gt lt 0 gt command loads the referenced macro into the macro buffer The macro buffer is then inserted into the data stream If the named item does not exist or is not a macro nothing happens Flag item as a start up macro ESC US s lt Name gt lt 0 gt 1BH 1FH 6DH lt 27 gt lt 31 gt lt 109 gt amp PUS lt Name gt lt 0 gt GS 0 lt Name gt lt 0 gt is from one to 15 characters and must be null erminated The ESC US s lt Name gt lt 0 gt command flags the referenced item to be processed at startup Only one user character definition and one macro may be flagged to run at startup If a character definition is loaded at startup it is automatically made active Rev B Page 81 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without pe
262. t variable line spacing to n 216 inch ESC 3 lt n gt 1BH 33H lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 51 gt lt n gt amp PSV lt m1 gt lt m2 gt lt m3 gt ESC 3 lt n gt The ESC 3 lt n gt command sets the default line spacing to n 216 inch Set n 1 to 255 The line feed spacing used by LF is set to values other than 1 8 or 7 72 inch The command takes effect immediately In EPOS mode the command performs line feeds in n 144 inch increments Set line spacing to 1 8 inch ESC 0 1BH 30H lt 27 gt lt 48 gt amp ST ESC 2 The ESC 0 command sets the default line spacing to 1 8 inch 27 216 inch which is the standard eight lines per inch line spacing at initial power up In EPOS mode the command sets 1 6 inch spacing or six lines per inch Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSjet 1000 Control Codes Overview Function Set line spacing to 21 216 inch or 7 72 inch ASCII ESC 1 Hexadecimal 1BH 31H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 49 gt IPCL amp SG EPOS none Description The ESC 1 command sets the default line spacing to 21 216 inch Use 21 216 inch line spacing for all points addressable APA graphics printing Function Set variable line spacing to n 72 inch ASCII ESC A lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 41H lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 65 gt lt n gt IPCL n
263. t without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide ESC POS TM200 Restrictions The following commands are effective only when 40 bytes is selected as the receive buffer size The size of the receive buffer is selected by the DIP switches HT Set horizontal tab ESC Select cancel user defined character set ESC amp Define user defined characters ESC Cancel user defined characters ESC D Set horizontal tab positions Table 22 TM200 Restrictions The functions of the following commands are different depending on the Epson printer model O indicates supported commands and X indicates unsupported ignored commands TM U200B TM TM U200D TM U200PD U200PB ESC c3 X O X O GS V 1 O O X X GS V 2 O O Only paper feed is Only paper feed is executed executed Table 23 Command Support for Various Epson Printers The POSjet 1000 processes these commands based on the printer options installed Page 116 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes ESC POS Supported EPOS Commands Print and Feed Commands Command Name Page LF OAH Print and line feed 120 CR ODH Print and carriage return 120 ESC d 1BH 64H Print and feed lt
264. tent of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes ESC POS POSet 1000 Programmer s Guide Supported EPOS Commands Command Name Page ESC c4 1BH 63H Select paper sensor s to stop printing 134 34H ESC c3 1BH 63H Select paper sensor s to output paper end 135 33H signals Print Position Commands Command Name Page ESC 1BH 24H Set absolute print position 136 ESC 1BH 5CH Set relative print position 136 ESC a 1BH 61H Select justification 136 BS 08H Set back space 137 HT 09H Set horizontal tab positions 137 ESC D 1BH 44H Set horizontal tab positions 137 GSL 1DH 4CH Set left margin 138 GS W 1DH 57H Set printing width 138 ESC U 1BH 55H Turn on off unidirectional printing mode 138 ESC 1DH 6CH Set left margin 139 ESC Q 1BH 51H Set right margin in characters 139 ESC lt 1BH 3CH Return home 139 Bit image Commands Command Name Page ESC 1BH 2AH Select bit image mode 140 Command Name Page GSa 1DH 61H Enable Disable Automatic Status Back 141 ASB GSr 1DH 72H Transmit status 144 DLE EOT 10H 04H Transmit real time status 145 Rev B 06 01 00 Page 118 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide POSet 1000 Control
265. tes POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Character Font Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Where n Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 Page 44 Begin 12 x 12 draft print mode ESC lt 0 gt 1BH 23H 00H lt 27 gt lt 35 gt lt 0 gt amp QT ESC lt n gt The ESC lt 0 gt command begins 12 x 12 draft print mode Draft print is provided to maintain compatibility with other Ithaca products Set print quality mode ESC I lt n gt 1BH 49H lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 13 gt lt n gt amp QT 12 x 12 draft mode amp QU 12 x 14 large draft mode amp QL 24 x 16 near letter quality NLQ mode amp QS 24 x 16 near letter quality NLQ mode ESC x lt n gt and or ESC lt n gt The ESC I lt n gt command begins draft large draft or near letter quality print mode 0 12 x 12 draft 1 12 x 14 large draft 2 24 x 16 near letter quality NLQ 3 24 x 16 near letter quality NLQ 4 7 repeats 0 3 Draft print modes are high speed print modes intended to provide quality print with minimal ink usage The 12 x 12 draft font is the most efficient The 12 x 14 large draft font produces a larger more readable character but with added ink usage NLQ print mode is a two pass half speed font It provides what is generally regarded as near letter quality print at reduced speed with greater ink usage In EPOS mode
266. that are most easily accessed if maintenance is required A remote stand by feature is available the printer can be placed in standby mode by the application Line Feed Button The LINE FEED Button feeds paper through the printer By pressing the LINE FEED Button momentarily the paper will be forwarded one line at a time Pressing and holding the LINE FEED Button will make the printer forward paper continuously until the button is released New Cartridge Button The NEW CARTRIDGE button has been designed to work with the two Cartridge Indicator Lights LED in a way that allows an operator to monitor and replace cartridges as ink levels become low Operator s will receive input from the indicator lights and will then use the NEW CARTRIDGE button to communicate to the printer when making the desired changes Although the NEW CARTRIDGE button functions primarily as a means for an operator to communicate ink cartridge changes to the printer it is also used to perform a variety of other functions Using the New Cartridge Button Cartridge Status Monitoring As ink is used from the cartridge s it is monitored by the printer When ink is low the indicator light for the left or right cartridge will show a orange light After replacing the 06 01 00 Rev B Page 167 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Operator Panel Controls POSet
267. the cartridge will have to be replaced When the printer is placed in standby mode with power applied it can sit unattended for extended periods without degrading the print cartridge Standby mode is remembered even if the power is removed When power is reapplied the printer starts performs Level 0 diagnostics and reenters standby mode 7 The printer draws about four watts of power in standby mode 06 01 00 Rev B Page 19 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Control Codes Overview POSet 1000 Programmers Guide Remote Power Down The POSjet Printer has a command that instructs it to enter standby mode When the command is issued the printer performs print cartridge maintenance and enters standby mode Unlike pushing the POWER button remote power down mode leaves the communications active All commands except the exit power down command are ignored If the POWER button is pressed after the power down command is issued the printer will reactivate If power is lost after the power down command is issued the printer will remember it is in power down mode but will not reactivate the communications link The POWER button must be pushed to restart the printer Shipping Printers Never ship a printer by any means with a print cartridge installed The pressure variations can cause the cartridge to become unprimed and or purge
268. the currently active character set with the Euro character The character to be replaced is defined by lt n gt For example if the currently active character set is CP 850 multilingual and the OD5H character is to be the Euro character 1DH 23H replaces the character at OD5H with the Euro symbol Turn color mode on off ESC r lt n gt 1BH 72H lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 114 gt lt n gt lt n gt 0 1 48 49 The ESC r lt n gt command turns on or off color mode When lt n gt 1 or 49 color mode is turned on and when lt n gt 0 or 48 color mode is turned off The default setting is lt n gt 0 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes EPOSCommand Descriptions Function Select character code table ASCII ESC t lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 74H lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 116 gt lt n gt Range 0 lt n lt 5 lt n gt 254 255 Description The ESC t lt n gt command selects a page lt n gt from the character code table as follows The alphanumeric characters 20H to 7FH are the same for each page The graphic characters 80H to FFH are different for each page The default setting is page 0 lt n gt Character Code Table Page 0 PC437 U S A and Standard Europe Page 1 PC850 Multilingual Page 2 PC850 Multilin
269. thout saving any data End named macro record ESC US e lt Name gt lt 0 gt 1BH 1FH 65H lt 27 gt lt 31 gt lt 101 gt amp PUG lt Name gt lt 0 gt none The ESC US e lt Name gt lt 0 gt command ends the macro record operation and saves the macro to flash It uses the lt Name gt field to verify the command end and must match the Begin named macro record command If the name already exists in the flash user store or the macro memory is exceeded the command is valid and the lt Name gt field prints If there is not enough room in the flash user store for the macro the save is not performed but the macro buffer is valid Rev B Page 79 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes User Store and Macros Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Page 80 POSet 1000 Programmer s Guide Save macro data in user store ESC US m lt Name gt lt 0 gt 1BH 1FH 6DH lt 27 gt lt 31 gt lt 109 gt amp PUM lt Name gt lt 0 gt GS lt Name gt lt 0 gt is from one to 15 characters and must be null terminated The ESC US m lt Name gt lt 0 gt command saves the current macro buffer structure into t
270. tify the image Description GS 6 lt Name gt lt 0 gt saves the current character set created by the ESC amp command to the nonvolatile memory pool If no character set has been defined the command stores an empty definition structure Function Select user defined character set EPOS ONLY ASCII GS 7 lt Name gt lt 0 gt Hexadecimal 1DH 37H lt Name gt OH Decimal lt 29 gt lt 55 gt lt Name gt lt 0 gt Range lt Name gt a 15 byte maximum alphanumeric name to identify the image Description GS 7 lt Name gt lt 0 gt selects a previously saved user defined character set If the character set does not exist the command is ignored Function Query nonvolatile memory pool information EPOS ONLY ASCII GS 3 Hexadecimal 1DH 33H Decimal lt 29 gt lt 51 gt Description The GS 3 command prints a summary of the user store usage It is intended to help with the generation and maintenance of user store Note 1 The report is printed as part of the configuration report Rev B 06 01 00 Page 160 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Macro Function Commands Ithaca Specific Commands Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Description 06 01 00 Control feature commands ESC y lt n gt 1BH 79H lt n gt lt 27
271. tion with horizontal tab stops This is done using the horizontal tab HT to move to those tab stops Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal IPCL EPOS Description Page 34 Horizontal tab HT 09H lt 9 gt amp PHT HT The HT command inserts spaces in the print buffer up to the next tab stop The default tab locations are every eight spaces Back space BS 08H lt 8 gt amp BS BS The BS command moves the print buffer one character width to the left The pointer position cannot be moved to the left of the left margin BS does not cause the buffer to be printed the following data is OR ed with the previous data Set horizontal tab stops ESC D lt n gt lt n gt lt n 3 gt lt n gt 0 1BH 44H lt n gt lt n gt lt n gt lt nj gt 00H lt 27 gt lt 68 gt lt 11 gt lt n gt lt 03 gt lt nj gt lt 0 gt none ESC D lt n gt lt n gt lt n3 gt lt nj gt 0 The ESC D lt n gt lt n gt lt n gt lt n gt 0 command sets tab stops at the character columns specified by lt n gt The end of the settings is specified by a lt 0 gt All previously set tabs will be cleared The restore default procedure other than to respecify the tabs Column sizes are in accordance with the current character pitch Setting tabs that are beyond the
272. tus 100 ENQ lt n gt Inquire printer status 99 ESC lt 1 gt Begin underline 60 ESC lt n gt Turn on off underline mode 130 ESC lt n gt lt n gt Set relative print position 136 ESC lt n gt Select international character set 47 ESC lt n gt Select print mode s 130 ESC lt 0 gt Begin 12 x 12 draft print 44 ESC lt n gt lt n gt Set absolute print position 136 ESC Cancel user defined characters 54 ESC lt n gt Select cancel user defined character set 123 ESC G Begin italics 62 ESC H End italics 62 ESC amp lt y gt lt ci gt lt c2 gt Define user defined characters 123 ESC lt m gt lt 0 gt lt 0 gt Set horizontal graphics mode 74 ESC lt m gt lt n gt lt n gt Print graphics in mode lt m gt 70 ESC lt m gt lt n gt lt n gt lt d gt lt d gt Select bit image mode 140 ESC lt m gt lt n gt Reassign graphic mode 71 ESC lt n gt Cancel user defined characters 124 ESC Initialize the printer 152 ESC Double wide double high italics 59 ESC C lt n gt Insert Euro character 51 ESC P lt n gt Set character pitch 42 ESC S Redefine character set 52 ESC T lt np gt lt nj gt Select character code page 49 ESC BEL lt n gt lt n gt lt n3 gt Audio alert control 92 ESC EM B lt n gt Set bar code height 88 Page 220 Programmers Guide ESC EM
273. uS 15 ACK Pulse Width 2 5 uS Table 56 Parallel port Timing Note Altered STB timing to take data on the falling edge of STB can be generated as a factory option Printer Buffer Size The POSjet 1000 Printer has a configurable buffer size It can be set from 40 to 8192 bytes The configurable buffer allows an application to control how far ahead the buffer gets from the printer The smaller the buffer the tighter the control will be It is up to the application developer to select the optimal buffer size Parallel Port Inquire IEEE 1284 The POSjet 1000 Printer supports the IEEE 1284 bidirectional parallel peripheral interface standard The IEEE 1284 standard provides for a bidirectional link on the parallel port The POSjet 1000 Printer only supports Modes 0 and 4 which provide a nibble mode reverse channel for printer identification and status inquire commands It is beyond the scope of this guide to describe the IEEE 1284 protocol The complete specification is available from the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers Inc 345 East 47th Street New York NY 10017 USA Page 194 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Communication Protocol Buffer The POSjet 1000 Printer has a 256 byte buffer that contains information to be returned by the
274. user defined characters from the printer s memory After the user defined characters are canceled the internal character set is printed Function Enable user defined characters ASCII ESC gt lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 3EH lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 62 gt lt n gt Range lt 0 gt lt 1 gt 0 or 1 1 Enables the characters 0 Disables the characters IPCL none Description The ESC gt lt n gt command enables or disables the user defined user defined characters are disabled the internal character set is printed Page 54 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSjet 1000 Function Enable OCR characters ASCII ESC y lt 11 gt Hexadecimal 1BH 79H OBH Decimal lt 27 gt lt 121 gt lt 11 gt IPCL amp YX011 EPOS ESC y lt 11 gt Description OCR is enabled Note 1 correctly Note 2 Contol Codes Character Attributes The ESC y lt 11 gt command replaces 30 characters in the currently selected character set with OCR MA3 characters OCR characters are only available in NLQ mode NLQ mode is automatically selected when Do not switch out of NLQ mode until after the OCR characters are disabled Other fonts do not contain these characters and will not print The characters printed by the POSjet 1000 Printer follow the format defined in the ANSI X3 111 1986 Standard They
275. ut permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes Character Attributes POSjet 1000 Programmers Guide Country Code Epson ID Country Code Epson ID Language Set Language Set ASCII 0 Greek 437 38 French Greek 928 39 German 2 Greek 437 Cyprus 41 British 3 ECMA 94 42 Danish 4 Canada French 43 Swedish 5 Cyrillic 1 855 44 Italian 6 Cyrillic Il 866 45 Spanish 7 East Europe Latin II 852 46 Japanese 8 Greek 869 47 Norwegian 9 Windows East Europe 49 Danish II 10 Windows Greek 50 Spanish II 11 Latin 5 Windows Turkey 51 Latin American 12 Windows Cyrillic 52 French Canadian 13 Hungarian CWI 54 Dutch 14 Kamenicky MJK 55 Swedish II 15 ISO Latin 4 8859 4 56 Swedish III 16 Turkey 857 57 Swedish IV 17 Roman 8 58 Turkish 18 Hebrew NC 862 60 Swiss 19 Hebrew OC 61 Swiss II 20 Windows Hebrew 62 Cyrillic Il 866 21 KBL Lithuanian 63 Polska Mazovia 22 Ukrainian 66 ISO Latin 2 23 ISO Latin 6 8859 10 67 Serbo Croatic 24 Windows Baltic 68 Serbo Croatic II 25 Cyrillic Latvian 69 Multilingual 26 Bulgarian 72 Norway 27 Icelandic 861 73 Portugal 28 Baltic 774 74 Turkey 29 Table 18 EPOS Language Table ID s Page 48 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated
276. v B Page 49 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes POSet 1000 Programmer s Guide Character Attributes Code Language Set 865 Norway 3 97 3H 061H 866 Cyrillic 11 866 3 98 3H 062H 869 Greek 869 3 101 3H 065H 874 Thailand 3 106 3H 06AH 895 Kamenicky MJK 3 127 3H 07FH 1008 Greek 437 3 240 3H OFOH 1009 Greek 928 3 241 3H OF1H 1011 Greek 437 Cyprus 3 243 3H 0F3H 1012 Turkey 3 244 3H 0F4H 1013 Cyrillic 11 866 3 245 3H OF5H 1014 Polska Mazovia 3 246 3H OF6H 1015 ISO Latin 2 3 247 3H 0F7H 1016 Serbo Croatic 3 248 3H OF8H 1017 Serbo Croatic II 3 249 3H OF9H 1018 ECMA 94 3 250 3H OFAH 1019 Windows East Europe 3 251 3H OFBH 1020 Windows Greek 3 252 3H OFCH 1021 Latin 5 Windows 3 253 3H OFDH Turkey 1022 Windows Cyrillic 3 254 3H OFEH 1024 Hungarian CWI 4 0 4H 000H 1026 ISO Latin 4 8859 4 4 2 4H 002H 1027 Ukrainian 4 3 4H 003H 1028 Roman 8 4 4 4H 004H 1029 ISO Latin 6 8859 10 4 5 4H 005H 1030 Hebrew NC 862 4 6 4H 006H 1031 Hebrew OC 4 7 4H 007H 1032 Windows Hebrew 4 8 4H 008H 1033 KBL Lithuanian 4 9 4H 009H 1034 Windows Baltic 4 10 4H 00AH 1035 Cyrillic Latvian 4 11 4H 00BH 1072 Bulgarian 4 48 4H 030H Tabl 19 Code Page Definition Table Note 1 The code page field is a 16 bit field that is equivalent to the c
277. vailable until ESC or ESC is executed the user defined characters are redefined the power is turned off or the printer is reset In TM200 mode the buffer must be set to 40 characters or the command will not function Rev B Page 123 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Contol Codes EPOS Command Descriptions Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Description Note 1 Function ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal Range Default Description Page 124 POSet 1000 Programmer s Guide Cancel user defined characters ESC lt n gt 1BH 3FH lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 63 gt lt n gt 32 lt n lt 126 The ESC lt n gt command cancels the user defined characters defined for character code lt n gt After the user defined characters are canceled the internal character set is printed In TM200 mode the buffer must be set to 40 characters or the command will not function Select an international character set ESC R lt n gt 1BH 52H lt n gt lt 27 gt lt 82 gt lt n gt O lt n lt 74 lt n gt 0 The ESC R lt n gt command selects an international character set lt n gt from the following table Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmers Guide POSet
278. when it is full As the buffer fills the input data is printed normally The effect of the macro start command is to clear the buffer and to start to save the input data The macro stop command stops saving data and initializes internal pointers for the next print To store the data in the nonvolatile flash it must be named and saved by one of the user store save commands When the macro buffer is inserted into the data stream configuration commands like font or pitch changes remain in effect after the macro is processed Illegal commands are placed in the buffer and take up space Horizontal color graphics should be sent to the printer compressed If the data is not compressed it is saved in the macro buffer If the buffer is saved into the user store nonvolatile flash there must be enough room in the user store for all of the data As user store space is used the macro buffer will be larger than the available space in user store Only the used space is saved but it is possible to define a macro that does not fit in the remaining user store space 12 13 06 01 00 Rev B Page 83 The actual buffer is smaller because of the overhead IPCL commands are converted by the printer into an equivalent ESC code and then placed in the save buffer The equivalent ESC code should be used to calculate the size of the save buffer data The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from
279. width that should be sent down a cable Shorter pulse widths 500 nanoseconds will be accepted by the printer The cable can introduce significant signal degeneration and skew The data must be valid before the strobe signal is asserted and remain so until the strobe is removed A 500 nanosecond setup and hold time is required by the printer Page 192 Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Communication Protocol The following chart illustrates parallel port timing INIT I lt Rdly Pin 16 Data Data DATA Ems aa Dstu 4 kK gt lt Dhid Sdly K STROBE Pin1 BUSY Pin 11 ACK Pin 10 Ahld lt Rdly Approx 2 seconds Bhid Approx 5 uS Dstu 500 nS Min Ahld Approx 5 uS Dhlid 500 nS Min Sdly 3 uS Min Tstb 1 uS Min Tcycle 200 280 uS Typ Figure 13 Parallel port Data Timing To implement flow control the busy signal is asserted by the printer outside the normal data transfer sequence The busy signal has several uses but it always indicates that the printer cannot accept information The busy signal may happen at any time and may not adhere to the above timing chart in all cases It is up to the host s parallel port driver to handle all possible busy states It is important that the host driver does not hang up if it takes some time for an acknowled
280. ws printer driver be used to generate a graphic image Our Windows printer driver selects the best compression method to use on a scan line by scan line basis The print driver can be directed to print to file creating a prn file When creating a prn file it is recommended that the Start End Doc settings be cleared in the Start End Doc tab of the printer properties page After the prn file is created it can be read and sent to the printer by the host application Bit wise RLE In bit wise RLE compression the Most Significant Bit MSB Compression of each data byte denotes if the compressed data represents one or zero bits Bits zero through six indicate how many bits are represented as a one or zero A 34 Hex 34H represents 34H bits set to zero A 97H represents 17H bits set to one Rev B 06 01 00 The content of this document is proprietary It may not be divulged in whole or part without permission from TransAct Technologies Incorporated Programmer s Guide POSet 1000 Control Codes Difference 06 01 00 Graphic Mode ESC h lt 1 gt lt 5 gt lt 1 gt lt 34H gt lt 97H gt lt 8fH gt lt 09H gt Byte wise RLE In byte wise RLE compression data is represented in byte Compression pairs The first byte is a count and the second is the graphics data The graphics data byte is repeated the number of times represented by the count byte ESC h lt I gt lt 5 gt lt 8 gt lt 09H gt lt ffH gt lt 02H gt lt 55H gt Wher

POSJet 1000 Programming Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents